Sei sulla pagina 1di 133

GLOSSARY OF RAILWAY TERMS

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

NUMERIC
2 aspect block(block a
deux aspects)

An automatic block system in which the signals International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


can display two indications: 1) Next block
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
section occupied. 2) Next block section clear.
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

2 position signalling

Two systems of signalling are in use in


Victoria, namely two position and three
position. In two position signalling a separate
arm (usually on a separate post) is used to
display the distant indication; and also a
separate arm is provided for each possible route
past that particular signal location towards the
next fixed signal location. Two position
signalling is therefore essentially a system of
route indications and each arm applies only up
to the next signal.

3 aspect block(block a
trois aspects)

An automatic block system in which the signals International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


can display three indications: 1) Next block
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
section occupied. 2) Next block section clear. IEC, AS 1852 1970.
3) Not less than two block sections ahead are
clear

3 position signalling

Two systems of signalling are in use in


Victoria, namely two position and three
position. In three position signalling one arm or
light unit may give both the home and the
distant indications, and a combination of two
arms on the one post may apply to any number
of routes past that location. Three position
signalling is therefore a system giving
indications for speed control of trains and does
not necessarily indicate the route to which the
signal aspect applies.

4 aspect block (block a


quatre aspects)

An automatic block system in which the signals International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


can display four indications: 1) Next block
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
section occupied. 2) Next block section clear.
IEC, AS 1852 1970.
3) Next two block sections clear. 4) Not less
than three block sections ahead are clear

5-pack

An articulated wagon comprising five


platforms, the adjacent ends of individual units
being supported on a common bogie and
permanently connected by a device which
permits free rotation in all planes. Example: 5pack articulated wagon. Note, these do always
consist of five units; they could be 2-packs, 3packs etc.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

5-unit

A wagon consisting of five permanently


coupled platforms, each platform
independently supported on a pair of bogies.
Example: 5-unit bogie well wagon. Note, 5units are the most common but they do not
need to consist of five units, i.e. there could be
2-units, 3-units etc in the same configuration.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

A light

An indication in the form of a letter A


mounted on a running signal which when
displayed instructs the driver to treat the
running signal as an automatic (permissive)
signal.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

AAR

Abbreviation for 'Association of American

http://www.aar.org

Victorian Rail Industry Operators Group


Standards, Standard Rail Signalling Naming &
Symbol Conventions VRIOGS 012.0.4 Rev.A,
12/10/2009.

Victorian Rail Industry Operators Group


Standards, Standard Rail Signalling Naming &
Symbol Conventions VRIOGS 012.0.4 Rev.A,
12/10/2009.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

Railroads'.
AAR bogie

Conventional three-piece freight bogie based


AS7519
on the technical requirements of the
AAR Manual Of Standards And Recommended
Practices.

absolute block

A system of train operation that prevents more


than one train being in the block section at any
one time.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

absolutepermissive
block

US concept - (was/is used in South Australia).


Absolute in direction, permits following moves
through section (where intermediate signals are
provided).

Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of


Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.

absolute signal

A signal that must not be passed at stop without RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
the authority of the train controller.
March 2009.

absolute signal blocking


(ASB)

A method used by track workers to carry out


work on track using controlled absolute signals
set and kept at stop, without a formally issued
work on track authority.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

AC immune

DC track relays used in areas of AC


electrification that have been immunised so
they are not responsive to AC currents.

AS7505

AC relay

A type of relay which is operated by an


alternating current. One type of AC relay is an
AC vane relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

AC track circuit

A track circuit with a 50 Hertz alternating


current track feed.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

AC/DC track circuit

A track circuit with a rectified alternating


current track feed.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

accept lever

The lever or control device that is operated in


order to accept a train towards the signallers
interlocking from the adjacent interlocking or
section.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

accept signal

A controlled signal fitted with a designation


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
plate inscribed ACCEPT, or fitted with an
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
interlocking name plate inscribed with the
name of the controlling signal box. An accept
signal is provided at the entrance to an
interlocking which is at the exit end of a double
line automatic section. The signal is used by
the signaller to control the approach of trains
from an area outside of the signallers control
to the controlled signal next ahead.

accept/home signal

The signal directly protects points, level


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
crossings or other risks and allows the
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
signaller to control the approach of trains from
an area outside of the signallers control to the
controlled signal next ahead. A controlled
signal provided in place of an accept signal at
some interlockings which are located at the exit
end of a double line automatic section.

acceptance

A block signalling term where a train is


permitted to proceed towards the accepting
signal box. Block regulations provide for
circumstances under which a signaller may
accept a train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

access

1. A designated safe way into, along, across or


out of a rail corridor; or 2. A right to the
provision of railway services by an industry
participant.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009; and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and
Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

access agreement

A formal agreement between a train operator


and a track manager (or access provider)

AS7501

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

allowing the train operator to operate on the


track manager's network under agreed
commercial, technical and operational
conditions.
access device

This includes ramps, steps, stairs, ladders and


guardrails.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7522.

access lighting

Lighting of access equipment e.g. ladders and


steps.

AS7531

access path

Walkway, corridor, aisleway, etc.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7522.

access provider

An organisation that provides and manages a


rail network and safe method of entry to that
network for train operators.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

access user

An organisation such as a train operator that


has an agreement with a track manager to enter
and use a network.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

accessibility

Requirements to provide equivalent access to


people with disabilities which are defined in
the DSFAPT for passenger rolling stock.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7522.

accessible information

Accessible information: Information that is


RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,
provided in alternative formats (such as Braille, AS7522.
audible information, raised text signs, hearing
augmentation) for people with hearing or vision
impairment, intellectual or cognitive
impairment.

accident

An occurrence on a railway or tramway system


that involves: (a) the death or injury of a
person, or
(b) damage to property, or (c)
loss to process, or (d) any culmination of a
sequence of events that results in damage or
injury.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

accommodating crank

A two-arm crank with vertical axis, one arm of


which is curved to facilitate connection.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

accreditation

The formal means of establishing the rail safety CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
standards and practices for each railway
Railway Terminology'.
covered by the Rail Safety Acts. Track
managers and train operators need to be
accredited before owning and/or operating a
railway.

accreditation authority

An authority of the State or Territory


authorised to grant rail safety accreditation to
track managers and train operators consistent
with AS4292.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

accredited rail
organisation

A rail organisation accredited consistent with


AS4292 by an Accreditation Authority to be a
track manager, train operator or provider of
rolling stock.

AS4292, Rail Safety Legislation

acoustic detector

Line side system used to detect suspected


defective axle bearings that are abnormally
noisy (RailBAM).

AS7516

active control level


crossing

A road or pedestrian level crossing where


warning equipment warns road users and
pedestrians about approaching rail traffic by
devices such as flashing lights or barriers.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

activesuspension system

A positive feedback system for rail guidance


wheels which ensures that they maintain
constant contact with the rail to give
continuous guidance.

AS7519

actuation device

A device in a deadman system which requires


continuous control input from the driver,
typically via pressing or grasping by feet or

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7511.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

hands. Also known as 'operator enable device'.


adaptor coupling

A coupling that enables two railway vehicles


with dissimilar coupling systems to be coupled
together.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7524.

ADG

Abbreviation for 'Australian dangerous goods


code'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

adjacent

Near to, close to.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

adjustable crank

A right-angle crank, one arm of which is


provided with means for varying its effective
length.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

ADR

Abbreviation for 'Australian design rules'


applied to motor vehicles.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

advance

See in advance.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

advanced starting signal

In block signalling, a stop signal beyond the


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
starting signal, and worked from the same
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
signal box. Also an alternative term for section 2004
signal.

advanced train control


system (ATCS)

An incomplete American development for


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
advanced signalling and train control systems
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
founded on a standard specification for a digital
data communications network including a
train-based communications platform. ATCS
specifications would incorporate transmission
based positive train separation as well as nonsignalling features such as locomotive health
monitoring.

advanced train
management system
(ATMS)

An incomplete American development for


advanced signalling and train control systems
for the Australian Defined Interstate Network.

Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of


Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.

advertise

To give written or electronic notice, usually in


advance, of planned activities

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

advisory speed board

A distinctive speed board indicating to drivers RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
to reduce the speed of the train so that the train Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
is not travelling in excess of the speed shown
on the board before passing the next signal
ahead. However, as soon as the driver observes
that the next signal ahead is displaying a full
clear indication, normal track speed for that
indication may be resumed. The driver does not
allow the train to exceed any other lower
temporary or permanent track or train speed
restrictions, irrespective of the speed indicated
by the advisory speed board.

aerial cable

A multi-conductor cable, designed for erection


on an overhead line wire route.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

AF track circuit

Audio Frequency track circuits consist of a


transmitter which transmits a modulated audio
frequency signal along the track to a receiver,
which operates at the same frequency at the
other end of the track circuit. The receiver will
only respond to a signal with the correct
modulation. Adjacent track circuits utilise a
different modulated frequency and jointless AF
track circuits utilise a tuned zone to provide
electrical separation between adjacent track
circuits. Some AF track circuits are fitted in
jointed mode where electrical separation
between adjacent sections is achieved by

AS7505

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

insulated rail joints.


affected signal

Signal not available for normal use.

air brake

A braking system activated by change in air


pressure.

air horn

See audible warning device.

ALARP

Abbreviation for 'as low as reasonably


practicable'.

alignment

Alignment of track, referred to as horizontal or


vertical alignment. Horizontal alignment is the
design horizontal alignment of track (i.e.
straights, curves, etc.), vertical alignment is the
design vertical alignment of track (gradients
and vertical curves).

alignmentcontrol
coupler

Coupler where the rotation from the centre


position is limited in order to reduce the
sideways derailing force during buff conditions
in train operation.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7524.

all signals on

A signallers control device that places or


maintains all signals in a designated area to
sanger.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

allocated space

A three dimensional space defined in the


DSFAPT Part 9 as a designated and reserved
area for people with mobility aids.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7522.

alphanumericroute
indicator

A route indicator that conveys its information


by illuminated alphanumeric characters. The
indicators are designated standard and
miniature as a reference to the readability
categorisation of the indications.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

alternatingcurrent track
circuit

Track circuit fed with alternating current. Also


see AC track circuit.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

aluminothermic weld

A welding process used to join rails together.


An aluminothermic reaction takes place within
a crucible and the resultant metal flows into a
mould enclosing the rail ends that are to be
joined. Also see cadweld.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' plus 1st public consultation
suggestion.

anchor block

The group of sleepers, with rail anchors or


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
resilient fastenings, at each end of a module of Railway Terminology'.
track to be destressed. The anchor block is used
for restraining the longitudinal movement of
the rail when it is tensed.

anchor point

A means of providing restraint to contraction,


expansion and creep of rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

angle (crossing)

See crossing number.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

annett key/lock

A locking mechanism for releasing a ground


frame. The key to unlock the ground frame is
held captive in an annetts instrument or lock
which can be released remotely from the signal
box and interlocked with the signalling.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

annunciator

An audible indicator, for example a bell or


buzzer in a signal box or gate box.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

ANRP

Abbreviated termfor 'Australian network rules


and procedures'.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

anti climb device

A device fitted at vehicle ends that engages


with the same device on an adjacent vehicle in
a collision to resist one vehicle over-riding the
adjacent vehicle.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7520.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

ARA website www.ara.net.au/RRAcro


nyms&Definitions

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

API

Abbreviated term for 'American Petroleum


Institute'.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7520.

apparatus

Apparatus refers to the signalling equipment


system as a whole or as separate items of
signalling control and operating equipment,
signalling materials, and structures housing
signalling equipment

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

apparatus case (or


cupboard)

A housing which is intended for unprotected


outdoor use. It is usually of metal construction
(or wooden if a cupboard), smaller than a
building or REB and usually capable of being
transported as a made-up unit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

apparatus function test

Generally refers to function tests of an item of


installed equipment, particularly trackside
apparatus when set to work from the local
controls.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

application logic

Any technology based method that configures a UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
product so as to provide site-specific command Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
and control instructions. This includes
2004
mechanical logic, electro-mechanical logic,
electronic switching or code.

applied cant

The cant adopted for a particular curve radius


for a particular track speed.

AS7509

approach clearing

A term used in connection with the clearing of


a signal upon the approach of a train.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

approach control

The restriction of the aspect of a signal, to


ensure that the driver can comply with the
turnout speed, or to control the speed of a train
for a warning call-on, shunt or POSA class
route.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

approach lighting

A method of illuminating signal lights upon the RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
approach of a train.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

approach locking

Approach locking is track locking applied to


prevent the alteration of points interlocked by a
route, or the setting of an opposing route, once
the signal for the route has been cleared and an
approaching train has received an indication
that the signal has been cleared.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

approach release

An alternative term for approach control.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

approach to

In relation to equipment on or alongside the


track, positioned such that a train passes the
point before reaching another defined item of
equipment. Also known as rear.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

approved document

A train control diagram, train register book or


any other document for recording train or track
machine movements over a section of railway.

PTA Network Rules Document 9100-000-005


Version 01/07/2001.

approved employee

A qualified employee who has delegated


authority approved and published by the
commission.

PTA Network Rules Document 9100-000-005


Version 01/07/2001.

APTA

Abbreviated term for 'American Public


Transportation Association'.

http://www.apta.com/

ARA

Abbreviated term for 'Australasian Railway


Association'.

http://www.ara.net.au

area of conflict

A section of line beyond the signal at danger on UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
which a head-on, crossing or same direction
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
converging collision with another legitimately 2004
positioned train could occur in the event of a
SPAD.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

area of control

The extent of track subject to the control of a


single signaller. Includes any automatic
signalling supervised by the signaller.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

AREMA

Abbreviated term for 'American Railway


Engineering and Maintenance of Way
Association'.

http://www.arema.org/

ARG

Abbreviated term for 'Australian Railroad


Group'.

http://www.arg.net.au

ARL

Abbreviated term for 'Above Rail Level', as


used in dimensions for height measured from
top of rails, perpendicular to the plane of the
rails.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec


08, AS7507.

armature contact

The moving contact piece of a relay that


connects to, and moves in unison with, the
relay armature.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

ARO

Abbreviation for 'accredited rail organisation'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

arrival train
examination (AX)

Either roll by (AX1) or after placement (AX2)


examination is to be conducted by examining
staff on arrival at the train destination.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ARS

Abbreviated term for automatic route setting.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

ARSC

Abbreviated term for the 'Acts, regulations,


standards and codes of practice' applicable to
those systems involved in an incident.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ARTC

Abbreviated term for 'Australian Rail Track


Corporation'.

http://www.artc.com.au

articulated connector

Connects two adjacent rolling stock bodies


allowing them to angle with respect to each
other and the whole assembly is supported by a
single bogie.

RISSB Roll standard Drawgear Part 2 Freight

articulated platform

The individual end and intermediate units of an COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
articulated flat or well wagon.
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

articulated wagon

A wagon comprising two or more units, the


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
adjacent ends of individual units being
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
supported on a common bogie and permanently Terminology'.
connected by a device that permits free rotation
in all planes.

AS 7500 series of
Australian Standards

Standards for rolling stock operating in


Australia. These standards, produced by
RISSB, are a part of the Australian Code of
Practice.

AS7501

as rolled rail

Rail that is cooled off the mill without


accelerated cooling, and is not subsequently
heat treated.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ASB

Abbreviated term for 'Absolute Signal


Blocking', a method used by track workers to
carry out work on track using controlled
absolute signals set and kept at stop, without a
formally issued work on track authority.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

aspect

Any valid visual indication of a signal as


displayed to the driver.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

aspect level

The level of interlocking required to be


satisfied before a signal can display a proceed
aspect.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

aspect sequence

The order of the displayed aspects to give the


driver information about the aspect of the

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

signal or signals ahead.

2004

aspect sequence chart

A diagram, used during testing, showing the


sequence of the aspects displayed at successive
signals.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

assistinglocomotive

A crewed locomotive other than the main


locomotive on a train.

at grade crossing

A crossing of a track by a roadway or


pedestrian crossing at the same elevation. Also
known as grade crossing. Also see level
crossing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ATC

Abbreviated term for 'Australian Transport


Council'.

http://www.atcouncil.gov. au/

ATO

Abbreviated term for automatic train


operation.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

ATP

Abbreviated term for 'Automatic Train


ARA
Protection', a system that supervises train speed websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions
and target speed, alerts driver of the braking
equipment, and enforces braking when
necessary.

ATSB

Abbreviated term for 'Australian Transport


Safety Bureau'.

http://www.atsb.gov.au/

attainable speed

The maximum speed a train is able to achieve


at the location.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

attended block location

A block location at which an authorised worker COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
is on duty for the working of trains. Also know 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
as attended location.
Terminology'.

audible track warning


signals

A device attached to a rail that explodes on


impact, used to attract the attention of train
crews.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

audible warning device

A device, such as a whistle, siren, horn or


hooter, used to give warning

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

audio frequency track


circuit

A jointless track circuit where each track


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
circuit along a track operates alternately at one Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
of two modulated audio frequencies, and
separation between adjacent track circuits is
achieved via tuned loops instead of insulated
block joints. There are two types of design, one
in which the receiver is operated by changes in
the track voltage across the rails and one where
the receiver is operated by changes in the
current in the rails.

AustralAsia network

Tarcoola to Darwin standard gauge network.

AS7505

Australian Network
Rules and Procedures

The master set of rules and procedures that


define how track managers and train operators
operate safely on the Australian Rail Network.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

Australian Rail Safety


Standards (AS4292)

The principles and standards prepared,


approved and published by the Standards
Association of Australia relating to railway
safety management.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

authorise

To give formal written, spoken or signalled


authority for an action.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

authorised speed

The maximum speed laid down in the working PTA Network Rules Document 9100-000-005
timetable, subject to any lesser speed shown in Version 01/07/2001.
a special train notice, authorised electronic
management system or imposed by warning
and caution boards or a permanent speed board.

automatic block

System of sectional division in which the


section signals are operated automatically by

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

means of apparatus worked directly by the


occupation or clearing of the section by a train.

IEC, AS 1852 1970.

automatic control

Control which itself carries out the operations


according to pre-determined conditions.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

automatic coupler

A fitting on the end of rolling stock that


engages with a compatible fitting on adjacent
rolling stock by the action of propelling the
vehicles together.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7524.

automatic function

A function that, under ordinary operation, is


operated automatically by the passage of trains
and is not interlocked with any other signalling
function.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

automatic level crossing

A level crossing equipped with flashing lights,


audible warning devices and, sometimes, half
boom barriers, which are normally controlled
entirely by the approach of a train and not
normally interlocked with the signals.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

automatic normalisation
of points

Points which are automatically operated to the


normal position when the route is normalised
after the passage of a train.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

automatic reclearing

Automatic reclearing, when initiated by the


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
signaller, enables a controlled running signal
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
route which has already been set, to operate in
the same manner as automatic signals and thus
avoid the need for the signaller to restroke the
signal to clear it again after the passage of a
train. This feature is not generally provided if
there is risk of wrong road movements
occurring.

automatic route
normalisation

The automatic normalising of signal routes


after a train passes the signal.

automatic route setting


(ARS)

A system which is used in conjunction with an RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
interlocking system to automatically operate
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
signals and points for the passage of trains.
Signal routes over facing points are set
automatically for trains based on information
derived from timetables, train describers and/or
a priority based algorithm.

automatic signal

A signal that is normally controlled exclusively


by the operation of track-circuits, or more
precisely it is a signal which is controlled by
the passage of trains and automatically gives an
indication of the condition occupied or clear
of the section or sections in its control. nonautomatic signal: A signal that is not controlled
by track circuits. semi-automatic signal (or
controlled automatic signal): A fixed signal
which can be controlled by a signaller but
which can also be switched to automatic.
When the signal is in automatic, it is
operated by the location of train over track
circuits on the departure side of the signal.
Semi-automatic signals are divided into three
groups, namely stick, semi- stick and nonstick. (See stick (signal).)

automatic switch box

Equipment associated with a staff instrument at RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
an unattended station in an electric train staff
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
section. The automatic switch box enables an
electric train staff for the section to be
withdrawn from the staff instrument at the
opposite end of the section, provided the staff

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' Victorian Rail Industry
Operators Group Standards, Standard Rail
Signalling Naming & Symbol Conventions
VRIOGS 012.0.4 Rev.A, 12/10/2009. RailCorp
ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling Terms, Ver. 1,
2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

instruments are in phase, as they would be if


there is no other staff already withdrawn.
automatic tensioning
(auto tensioning)

The main conductors, catenary and contact


wire/s of the overhead line equipment are
pulled to a required tension. Where tension is
kept constant by means of weights, springs, or
hydraulic units, the equipment is said to be
'automatically tensioned'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


automatic track warning A system that gives trackside staff audible
and/or visible warning of the approach of trains Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
system (ATWS)
independently of the signalling system. Also
2004
see automatic worksite warning system.
automatic train control
(ATC)

Used to describe on-board automation that


contributes to or replaces the drivers
judgement as to how to control the train.
(ATC=ATO+ATP).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

automatic train
operation (ATO)

A high reliability system that automatically


operates the trains driving controls in
accordance with information usually received
from the trackside signalling equipment or
traffic control system.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

automatic train
protection (ATP)

A system that supervises train speed and target RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
speed, alerts driver of the braking equipment,
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
and enforces braking when necessary. The
system may be intermittent, semi-continuous or
continuous according to its track-to-train
transmission updating characteristics.

automatic train
reporting (ATR)

The automatic reporting of the running of


individual trains which is compared against the
timetable. The information is usually derived
from computer based train describer systems
and the trains identity is recorded at the time it
passes nominated signals, or over nominated
track circuits, or over track transponders, or is
entered manually at nominated locations. The
details are usually compared with the actual
timetable stored in a computer and reported by
exception to nominated terminals on the
computers network.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

automatic train stop

A trackside device, normally linked to a signal,


which can raise an arm to apply the automatic
airbrake of trains fitted with trip valves.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

automatic

A system which positively identifies a vehicle


as

RailCorp ESG 007 -

vehicle

it passes a location by reading an identification

Glossary of Signalling

identification

label on the vehicle, and relays this information Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

(AVI)

to a control centre.

automatic warning
system (AWS)

A system that provides audible and visual


warnings to the driver on the approach to
signals, certain level crossings and emergency,
temporary and certain permanent speed
restrictions. It supervises the drivers reaction
to signal caution aspects and indicates to the
driver the passing of a clear aspect. Mostly
advisory, however it will cause a brake
application to be made automatically if the
driver fails to react when approaching a
restrictive aspect.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

automatic working (of a


controlled signal)

See controlled signal working automatically.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

10

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

automatic worksite
warning system

An approved device designed to provide


advanced warning of an approaching trains.
Also see automatic track warning system.

PTA Network Rules Document 9100-000-005


Version 01/07/2001.

auxiliary optical system

Duplicate lamp or filament on hot or cold


standby.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

auxiliary supply
transformers

A transformer connected to the 25,000 volt


overhead line equipment for the purpose of
supplying standby power to trackside
equipment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

auxiliary token
instrument

A supplementary token instrument usually


located at the end of a token section but away
from the signal box to facilitate prompt
issue/return of tokens.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004

availability

The percentage of time that an item or system


is able to perform its designed function.

AS 4292.4-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

AWARE

Abbreviated term for 'Australia Wide


Augmented Radio Environments' train
communications system.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

AWS

Abbreviation for 'automatic warning system'.


AWS is a system which warns the driver of the
aspect of the next signal. It is an advisory
system only.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08,


AS7511.

axle bearings

Bearings mounted on the axle to transmit the


main weight of the vehicle directly to the
wheelset. Excludes bearings mounted on the
axle to support traction motors, final drives etc.

AS7516

axle counter

A system that detects the presence of a train by


counting the passage of wheels that have
entered and left a particular track section.

AS7505

axle load

The weight force exerted on the rails by the


two wheels on any axle of a vehicle when
stationary on level track.

AS7508

axlebox bearings

Individual roller bearings that are set,


lubricated and sealed after assembly on the
axle.

AS7516

back contact

That contact of a relay which is closed (made)


only when the relay is de-energised (dropped).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

back drive points

A second drive position on the point switches


used where the length of the switch is such that
a single drive will leave the back part of the
switch hanging off the stockrail. Location of
the back drive is determined by switch length
and it may be operated by rodding from the
drive or by a separate point operating
mechanism.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

back interlocking

Interlocking produced on the interlocking part


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
by the position taken up by the interlocked part. Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

back light

A light showing through a small glass covered


opening in the back of a signal lamp. A back
light is used to provide signallers at night with
a means of checking the position of a
semaphore signal arm and the operation of the
signal light.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

back rod

The bar or rod connecting the switches usually


placed one sleeper bay back from the front rod
to provide extra support for the switches.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

backdrive

An alternative term for supplementary drive.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

11

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE
2004.

background plate

A plate set behind the light units of a signal to


improve the visibility.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

backlocking

Prevention of completion of a lever stroke to


the fully normal position until the conditions
required by the interlocking are satisfied. Also
see check locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

backup coupling device

A secondary coupling device, which is in


addition to the normal coupling system, for
preventing the separation of two coupled
vehicles whilst in traffic.

AS7524.4

balance speed

See 'cant' for description of 'balance speed'.

AS7509

balise

A track mounted spot transmission unit that


uses transponder technology. Its function is to
transmit/receive messages to/from the train
passing overhead. Also see transponder.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

ballast

Stone or aggregate material spread on the


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
ground for the purpose of holding the track in
Railway Terminology'.
RailCorp ESG 007 line laterally and longitudinally and also to
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
provide drainage. ballast depth: Distance from
the formation to the base of the sleeper
measured below the lowest rail seat. For steel
sleepers the base of the sleeper is considered to
be the sleeper toe. ballast resistance: The
resistance offered by the ballast, sleepers, etc.,
to the flow of leakage current from one rail of a
track circuit to the other. ballast shoulder: The
ballast each side of the railway track. ballast
shoulder height: Height of the shoulder ballast
above the sleeper base as measured at the end
of the sleeper. ballast shoulder width: Width of
the shoulder ballast as measured from the
sleeper end.

balloon loop

A circular portion of line that allows trains to


reverse their direction of travel.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

bank engine or
banklocomotive

An additional locomotive provided at the rear


of a train to assist it up a steep hill.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

banner repeating signal

A signal that provides the driver with


preliminary information about whether a signal
is on or off, usually provided where sighting of
that signal is inadequate.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

banner signal

A type of semaphore signal with a small


semaphore arm enclosed behind glass, which
gives its indication by horizontal or inclined
positions of the arm which is illuminated a
night.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

barrack working

A train crew undertaking a journey from their


home depot to another location, booking off
duty and staying at a barrack for a minimum
period as required, and return to their home
depot. In any leg of these journeys the crew
could either be working a train or travelling
passenger.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

base ride acceleration

Measurement of the vertical and lateral


acceleration of the body of a rail vehicle under
specific test conditions to assess its ride
performance. Used to quantitatively assess the
ride offered by the vehicle for comparison
against dynamic performance requirements.

AS7509

baulk

A device placed across the rails and anchored

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

12

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

to the track to stop vehicles should they begin


to roll away.

Railway Terminology'.

beacon

See transponder.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bearer

A type of sleeper used under points and


crossing track structures. Bearers are generally
larger in dimension than standard sleepers to
provide support for both tracks as well as the
increased loading experienced under such track
structures.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

bed of sleepers

All the sleepers that are stressed and cast


together in one concreting operation, and then
cured in the same batch.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

bell continuity test

This is the process whereby the wiring is


checked to see that it is in conformity with the
wiring diagrams and that all wires are
continuous from termination point to
termination point. This test is generally carried
out simultaneously with a wire count and
insulation test.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bellows

The weather proof and self-supporting


gangway and covering provided between
adjoining passenger vehicles to allow
passengers to walk from one vehicle in a train
to another.

AS7522

berth

A small sitting and/or sleeping compartment.

AS7522

berth track (or


berth track circuit)

The track circuit immediately on the approach


side of a signal.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 and UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

biased relay

A relay which will operate to its energised


position by current of one polarity only, and
will return to its de-energised position when
current is removed.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bi-directional

Allowing for normal travel in either direction


according to the infrastructure and system of
Safeworking in use. bi-directional line: A line
on which the signalling permits trains to be
signalled normally in either direction. bidirectional track: Track which is signalled for
trains to run in either direction. bi-directional
signalling: Signalling which permits trains to
be signalled normally in either direction on a
running line. bi-directional working: Operation
of a line where the flow of traffic can be
authorised to move in either direction.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009. UK Railway Group Guidance
Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of Signalling Terms,
Issue One, April 2004.

bifurcated contact

Contact which splits into two near the contact


end, to provide two co-acting but independent
contact actions for increased contact reliability.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

blade

Alternative term for 'point blade'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

blinder

A plate that covers a backlight to enable the


signaller to see that a semaphore signal has
correctly cleared to the off position.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block

line: A portion of line with defined limits


between which only one rail traffic movement
is permitted at any one time; or wagons: A
group of continuous wagons going to the same
destination; or track: A cast or fabricated
spacer separating two rails or a rail and a check
rail.

13

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

block bell

A single stroke bell for communicating


between control points by means of a code of
audible signals.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block indicator

The part of the block instrument that provides


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
the signaller with a continuous visual indication Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
of the state of a line within a block section.
2004 and RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

block instrument

The equipment in a signal box for the operation


and indication of block signalling. The
instruments are fitted with visual indicators
which act as a reminder to the signaller as to
the state of that block telegraph section. The
block indicator in these block instruments
shows line closed, line clear, train on line
and train arrived.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 and UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

block joint

See insulated rail joint.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block location

A defined location that separates block


sections.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

block point

A place where trains are not able to cross or


pass but is available for the purpose of
reporting or obtaining an authority.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

block post

A temporary block location. or A signal box at


one end of a block section in block signalling.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' and UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

block proving

Block interlocking which prevents the sending


of a section clear indication for a train to the
rear box, until the signals covering the block
section entered by the train have been replaced
to danger and locked in this position

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

block section

See 'block' (line).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

block shelf

A shelf provided above the lever frame to hold


equipment associated with control of the line,
for example block Instruments, Indicators and
other ancillary signalling equipment.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block signal

A stop signal that controls the entrance to, or


signifies the termination of, a block or signal
section.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block skip

See joint hopping.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block station

The station at either end of a block section at


which equipment is provided to control the
movements of trains, and maybe attended or
unattended.

PTA Network Rules Document 9100-000- 005


Version 01/07/2001.

block switch

A switch located in a signal box by means of


which the signalling block circuits to the signal
boxes on either side may be connected
together, enabling the signal box in which the
switch has been so operated to close.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

block telegraph system

A system of safeworking used on double lines,


usually in non track-circuited areas. Each
interlocking is equipped with a block
instrument(s). The instruments are electrically
interconnected between interlockings to allow
signallers to transmit train working signals to
each other and to indicate the condition of the
section. Under normal conditions, the authority

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

14

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

for a train to occupy a section between


interlockings is the clearing of the starting or
home/starting signal.
block telegraph territory The portions of line where the block telegraph
system of safeworking is used.

RIC Rule Book Ver 1.0.

block working

See manual block working.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

blockage of tracks

A procedure to prevent the movement of


electric trains, or all trains, into a section of
track.

WAGR Safety Instructions for the Electrified


Area, doc 8100-800-016 rev 2.01.

blockage of tracks

See 'blocking facility'.

blocking

A means to prevent clearance of a signal when RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
it is desired to inhibit entry of a train movement Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
into the block section governed by the signal.

blocking back

Term used in absolute block and electric token


block, when a train or shunting movement is to
be allowed to occupy the line within the
clearing point or on the approach to the home
signal.

blocking facility

A facility or device used by a competent


RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
worker to prevent either the unintended issue of March 2009.
an occupancy authority, or the operation of
points or signalling equipment.

boarding device

This includes ramps, on-board lifts mounted on AS7522


rolling stock and on the platform.

bogie

A structure incorporating suspension elements


and fitted with wheels and axles, used to
support rail vehicles at or near the ends and
capable of rotation in the horizontal plane. It
may have one, two or more axle sets, and may
be the common support of adjacent units of an
articulated vehicle. (The bogie is commonly
referred to as a 'truck' in AAR terminology.)

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

bogieidentification code

A four letter group indicating ownership, bogie


type and axle load.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

bogieidentification
number

Each bogie is allocated a number comprising 5


digits in the range of 1 to 99999.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

bogie side L/V

Total sum of the lateral forces between the


wheels and the rails on one side of a bogie
divided by the total sum of the vertical forces
on the same wheels of the bogie.

AS7508 AS7509

bogie structures

This includes the bogie frame, axleboxes, and


other structural bogie components. Structural
bogie components includes but is not limited to
the following items and their associated
bracketry: bolsters, spring planks, swing links,
control rods, frame adaptors, equaliser beams,
brake beams, air springs, anti-roll bars and
links, vertical dampers, lateral dampers, yaw
dampers, traction rods, torque motor reaction
links.

AS7519

bolt lock

A metal bar or plunger, combined with a crossslide and arranged in such a manner as to
prevent movement of the cross-slide when the
plunger is inserted.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bolted rail track

Track in which rail lengths are joined with


bolted mechanical joints, as opposed to welded
track. Also known as 'jointed track'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

bond

An electrical conductor complete with


terminations which connects together items of
equipment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

15

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

bond plug

The bullet-shaped piece of steel which is used


to secure a plug bond.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bond reference

A number allocated by customs which allows a


particular consignment to travel on a service
prior to customs inspection.

Pacific National Corporate Directory (02/02/04).

bond wire

Solid or stranded wire which is welded or


pinned with channel pins around rail joints to
provide reliable electrical conductivity.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bonded joints

Metallic connections at rail joints to provide a


continuous metallic path for the passage of
electric currents from one rail to the other.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

bootleg

A protection for track circuit wires where the


wires leave the conduit or ground near the rail.
Generally a termination point between wires
that connect to the rails and the corresponding
cable leads that go to the trackside equipment
location. Also known as bootleg riser or pot
head.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

bottom lift

A container which must be lifted from pockets


in its base using special container grabs.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

bounce

The vertical displacement of the vehicle body


relative to the rails that may be expected to
occur in response to track irregularities.

AS7507

box

Alternative name for 'container'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

box car (or box wagon)

A fully enclosed vehicle with floor, side walls,


end walls and roof, having one or more doors
in each side.

boxing up

The process of filling the track with ballast to


the specified ballast profile including the
shoulder.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

brace

See rail brace.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

brake

A system fitted to rollingstock to decelerate,


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
stop and inhibit further movement. Usually
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
achieved by means of compressed air, by
Terminology'.
rheostatic braking on wheelsets with electric
traction motors or manually through
mechanical means for handbrakes. brake
block orbrake shoe: The friction block (usually
cast iron) that is placed onto the wheel rim via
a series of rods and levers to slow the rolling
stock down by the use of friction when the
brakes are applied. brake cylinder: A steel
cylinder attached to the body frame or bogie
frame of rolling stock containing a piston
which is forced outwards by compressed air to
apply the brakes. When the air pressure is
released, the piston is returned to the normal
position by a release spring coiled about the
piston inside the cylinder. brake head: A
casting attached to a brake beam which carries
the detachable brake shoe. brake pipe: The pipe
connecting the brake pipe to the air brake
equipment on rollingstock. brake rigging: The
term applied to the entire system of levers,
rods, fulcrums, brake beams and associated
connections that serve to multiply the force
created by the air pressure in the brake cylinder
and transmit it to the brake shoes.

brake delay time

The time which elapses after a brake


application is initiated until the train brakes

16

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

start to apply.
braking curves

Plots of speed against distance for the braking


performance of particular trains from various
speeds over various gradients.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

braking distance

For a nominated portion of railway the


maximum distance which any train operating
on such portion of railway at its maximum
authorised speed, will travel during a full
service application of the brakes, between the
point where such application is initiated and the
point where the train comes to a
stop. emergency braking distance: The distance
in which a train is capable of stopping in an
emergency. Dependent upon train speed, train
type, braking characteristics, train weight
and/or gradient. service braking distance:The
distance in which a train is capable of stopping,
from a given speed, at such a deceleration for a
passenger train that the passengers do not
suffer discomfort or alarm, or at an equivalent
deceleration in the case of nonpassenger trains.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004. UK
Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

branch line

A railway line that runs off a main line and


generally carries less trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

branch pipe

The pipe connecting the brake pipe to the air


brake equipment on rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

broad gauge (track)

Track gauge of 1600 mm (5' 3").

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

broken rail

A square or angular sudden rupture, transverse


separation of the head, web and foot of the rail.
This type of failure usually occurs in very cold
weather and is often caused by concentrated
loadings (overstressing) from rollingstock or
track maintenance operations.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

broken rail detection

The detection of broken rails, usually through


failure of track circuits which use the rails as
conductors.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

buckle (track)

A substantial displacement of track from its


original design alignment caused by
longitudinal thermal stresses overcoming the
lateral resistance of the track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

buffer

A cushioning device mounted on the extreme


ends of rolling stock to absorb shocks arising
during coupling and motion.

AS7524

buffer lock

Entanglement of the buffers of adjacent rolling


stock whilst traversing curves.

AS7524

buffer section

A buffer section consists of isolated and


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
earthed subsection/s which provide electrical
Railway Terminology'.
separation between energised and isolated
overhead line equipment on which maintenance
or repair work is to be carried out. The use of
buffer sections is one of the methods used to
prevent raised pantographs from energising
isolated sections where workers are working on
the overhead line equipment.

buffer stop

A structure erected across and at the end of a


track at main line terminals or dead end sidings
which is intended to stop rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

buffer stop lights

Red or white lights (usually two, one above the


other) mounted on the buffer stop or at the start
of the sand drag.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

bulk freight

Comprises commodities such as coal, iron ore,

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

17

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

other minerals or grain.

Railway Terminology'.

A wall and floor of concrete or other approved


impervious material, which may form part or
the entire perimeter of a compound and is
designed to prevent the escape of any material
stored within it.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

cab display unit (CDU)

A device for use in the driving cabs that


enables the user to receive and return coded
electronic tokens, and to display electronic
Tokens issued to it. The CDU may be
transportable.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cab secure radio (CSR)

A secure radio communication system between


driver and signaller.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cab signal

A display in the driving cab of a train, showing


permissible speed or extent of movement
authority, instead of or supplementing lineside
signals.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cable

An insulated electrical conductor, or group of


conductors separately insulated and contained
within the one insulating sheath.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

cable joint

The electrical in-line connection of the


conductors of two lengths of cable and the
insulation and sealing of those connections.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

cable pit

A partially buried chamber through which


underground cables run and are accessible at
that point. Frequently installed to facilitate the
pulling of cables through underground
conduits.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

cable route

The route and its method of construction for


cables running between equipment locations
(main cables) or between equipment locations
and trackside equipment (tail cables, local
cables).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

cable troughing

Lidded ducting for housing cable runs in


surface cable routes, e.g. ground level
troughing GLT or troughing elevated on posts
(pegline).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

cabotage

The carriage of a container from a surplus area CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
to an area specified by the owner of that
Railway Terminology'.
container, in exchange for which and during the
operator can use the container.

cadweld

Commercial brand of copper aluminothermic


weld commonly used for joining copper cables
to rail, other cables or other steel structure.

Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of


Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.

call-by

The authority given by a signaller to a driver to


pass a signal at danger.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

calling on signal

Subsidiary signal fixed under the accept/home,


home or home/starting signal for the route
concerned and when showing a proceed
indication authorises the driver to proceed
under control into a section of line which may
be obstructed at any point.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

call-on (route class)

A route that is provided to permit a train


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
movement into a section known to be occupied. Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cancel

To withdraw permission for, or to end


previously authorised activities, such as

bund

18

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

proceed authorities or work on track


authorities, without completing them. (Written
authorities have the word CANCELLED
written diagonally across them, between two
parallel lines).
cancellingindicator
(AWS)

A lineside sign which denotes that an AWS


warning does not apply to trains in that
direction.

cane railway network

A railway system dedicated to hauling


harvested sugar cane from farms to a raw sugar
factory. Typically 610 mm gauge.

cant

The height difference, at a common location,


AS7509
between the running surface of both rails. Also
known as 'superelevation' or 'cross level'. On
curves in main line track it is usual to incline
the track such that the outer rail in the curve is
higher than the inside rail. The amount of
inclination applied to the track is defined by the
difference in height between the inner and
outer rail, and this height difference is the 'cant'
of the curve, often referred to the 'applied cant'.
The purpose of the applied cant is to allow train
to negotiate the curve at higher speeds whilst
reducing the risk of rollover and reducing
discomfort to passengers. In a similar fashion
to a motorcyclist leaning into a curve, the
inward applied cant of the track counteracts
the outward centrifugal force on the train.
The amount of applied cant to the track is a
compromise. A train travelling at the permitted
line speed would benefit from a higher amount
of applied cant to counteract its higher
centrifugal force as a result of its higher speed.
However, a train that is slow moving, or even
stopped, on the curve requires little applied
cant. Therefore, the amount of applied cant on
a curve is usually between these two
requirements. Therefore: 1. A train
travelling at an intermediate speed such that the
outward centrifugal force is exactly balanced
by the effect of the inward applied cant is said
to be at 'balance speed' or 'equilibrium cant'. In
this situation there is no net lateral force on the
train as the forces inwards and outwards on the
curve are balanced. 2. A train travelling at
line speed such that the outward centrifugal
force is greater than the effect of the inward
applied cant is said to be at 'cant deficiency'. In
this situation there is a net lateral force on the
train towards the outside of the curve. 3. A
train travelling slowly or stopped such that the
outward centrifugal force is less the effect of
the inward applied cant is said to be at 'cant
excess'. In this situation there is a net lateral
force on the train towards the inside of the
curve. Note that the term 'cant imbalance'
indicates a net lateral force on the train that
could be towards the outside of the curve ('cant
deficiency') or towards the inside of the curve
('cant excess'). Generally, the term 'cant' or
'superelevation' is used for intended height
difference in the rails (i.e. where the track is
inclined in a curve), and the term 'cross-level' is
used for unintended height difference (i.e. due

19

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

to track irregularity).
cant ramp

A transition in applied cant to the track, usually AS7509


at the entry or exit to a curve, which by design
varies from a maximum value to zero, or vice
versa, over a prescribed length of track.

cantilever

A structure that incorporates an overhang, to


position a signal head for signal sighting
purposes.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cantrail

Main longitudinal structural member of vehicle


roof which forms the extreme edges of the
frame.

AS7520

car

Alternative (US) term for vehicle or wagon.

carbon silver contact

Contact surfaces composed of silver


impregnated carbon to prevent contact surfaces
fusing together; this is considered to be a risk
with using metal to metal contacts in signalling
circuits, particularly front contacts of devices
with gravity drop away.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

card

Identifies a wagon with a mechanical defect.


Also see defect card.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

carriage

A passenger carrying vehicle unit.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

catch handle

A handle on a mechanical lever attached to a


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
latch which holds the lever in a specific
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
position within the lever frame. Also reffered to 2004.
as catch-rod handle.

catch points

A set of points designed to prevent


unauthorised access to a section of track by
prior intentional derailment of vehicle.

COP DIRN Volume 2 Glossary July 2006


version revised by Worley Parsons and advised to
ITPL by email from RISSB 2nd Feb 09.

catch rod

A rod connected to the catch handle of a


mechanical lever which engages, directly or
through the means of a catch block, with the
quadrant of the interlocking frame, to hold the
lever in the desired position.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

category A incidents

These constitute the minimum standard


requirements for incidents and accidents to be
recorded by the owner or operator, or both, for
major incidents and accidents resulting in
serious injury, death or significant damage.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

category B incidents

This set of incident types are mainly minor


accidents or occurrences which constitute a
breakdown in normal safety to be recorded by
the owner or operator to enable satisfactory
monitoring and analysis of safety related
occurrences.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

catenary wire

In overhead electrification, the uppermost of


the two overhead wires mounted above the
track and supporting the contact wire.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

caution (aspect)

An aspect which advises the driver that the next UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
signal may be at danger, requiring the train to
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
stop. It is indicated by a single yellow (aspect) 2004.
or a semaphore distant arm horizontal.

caution board

A temporary speed board with the word


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
CAUTION and a speed plate attached to warn
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
drivers of the speed at which trains are to travel
over the next portion of the line which may be
unsafe at normal speed.

caution fixed signal

An indication provided by a fixed signal. The


next fixed signal may be at STOP .

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

caution handsignal

A handsignal given to indicate the need for rail

RIC Rule Book Ver. 1.0.

20

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

traffic to proceed but being prepared to stop.


CBI

Abbreviated term for computer based


interlocking.

CCTV

Abbreviated term for closed circuit television. UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

CDU

Abbreviated term for 'cab display unit'.

CEMS

Abbreviation for 'Crash Energy Management


System'. A system integrated into a vehicle
body design for controlling the energy
absorbed, deceleration and structural
deformation during crashes, in particular
collisions.

centralised traffic
control (CTC)

A system of remotely controlling the points and PTA Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.
signals at a number of interlocked stations,
01/07/2001.
junctions and crossing loops in automatic
signalling areas, from a centralised conrol
room or signal box.

centre throw

The curve throw of the vehicle body towards


the inside of a horizontal curve at the vehicle
centre. The body centre is the position of
maximum inwards curve throw for a
symmetrical vehicle.

AS7507

centre-fed track circuit

A track circuit wherein the current is supplied


at or near the centre with relays at each end.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

certification

The process by which an independent


AS7501
competent person certifies the compliance for a
class of rolling stock with the AS7500 series of
Australian standards.

certify

Either: 1. To classify a worker as competent;


or 2. To classify infrastructure or rolling stock
as fit for purpose.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

cess

The area from the edge of the ballast profile to


either the edge of the embankment or the toe of
the cutting. cess drain: refers to the surface
drain provided outside the sleepers to drain
water from the ballast.

RailCorp Track Fundamentals TMC202 ver. 2.0


2007. 1st public consultation suggestion.

CFR

Abbreviated term for the US 'Code of Federal


Regulations'.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 3 Dec 08

chair

A rail base plate fixed to the sleeper that


provides vertical support to the rail.

channel pin

Grooved, tapered steel pin which is used to


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
secure a bond wire to form a reliable
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
connection between the rail and bond wire. It is
driven into the hole in the web of the rail
alongside the bond wire.

check locking

An arrangement to prevent the full stroke of a


lever in a lever frame until such time as the
apparatus controlled by that lever has
completed its movement. Also see
backlocking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

check rail

Rails placed in track inside the running rail at


particular locations which comes into contact
with the back of the wheel flange to guide
wheels through points and crossings, on curves
and through flangeway gaps in streets.

AS 4292.2-2006 (but re-worded)

checking circuit

Group of circuits used for the operation of


checking apparatus.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

21

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

AS7520

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

chock block

See 'derailer'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

chopper coupling

A coupling system between rolling stock which AS7524


consists of a central buffer with a mechanical
hook that drops into a slot in the central buffer.

chromaticity (signal
lenses)

Colour quality expressed numerically.

chromaticity coordinates

Two numbers that fix the position of a point on RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
a colour diagram in order to numerically and
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
graphically represent the colour of a lens or
light source. The numbers represent the
proportions of two of three primary colours in a
mixture that matches the colour specified.
These proportions are expressed in terms of the
co-ordinates x, y in the CIE colorimetric
system (AS 2633).

circuit

An arrangement of conductors and electrical


apparatus connected to a source of electricity
supply. Also see open circuit.

WAGR Safety Instructions for the Electrified


Area, doc 8100-800-016 rev 2.01 and QR Safety
Electrification Safety Manual V1.0.

circuit breaker

A switch suitable for opening a circuit


automatically as a result of predetermined
conditions, such as those of overcurrent or
undervoltage or by some form of external
control.

QR Safety Electrification Safety Manual V1.0.

circuit controller

A device for opening and closing electric


circuits.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

circuit function test to


wiring diagram

This is the energisation of each circuit, or part


of a circuit, and verifying by operation or
disconnection that each and every control
device, fuse and link is effective in controlling
the circuit function in accordance with the
circuit diagram. The specific contacts on
control devices such as relays are not verified.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

circuit strap and


function test to wiring
diagram

This is a more in-depth circuit function test. It


is the energisation of each circuit, or part of
circuit, and verifying by operation or
disconnection that each and every control
contact, fuse and link is effective in controlling
the circuit function in accordance with the
circuit diagram. As each control contact is
operated to open the circuit, a strap is applied
across the contact and re-energisation of the
circuit is verified by observation of the
voltmeter and circuit function.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

civil infrastructure

General term for all the fixed structures


required for a railway line, i.e. the track and its
foundations, bridges, drains, signals and
overhead electrification. Note: Definition in
AS4292 excludes track, but ANRP includes
track, so be careful with use. AS4292: Track
formation and drainage (but excluding track),
fixed structures beside, over or under the track
or otherwise associated with the railway,
including supports for overhead electrical
traction equipment, supports for signalling and
telecommunications equipment but excluding
those equipments. ANRP: The track, track
formation and drainage, and fixed structures
beside, over or under the track. The term
includes supports for overhead electric traction
equipment and supports for signalling and
telecommunications equipment, but not the

AS 4292.1-2006
RISSB ANRP Glossary
Stage 1 Version 1.0 3 March 2009.

22

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

equipment itself.
clamp lock point

A type of point operating mechanism which


clamps the point switch to the stock rail. It
provides direct switch to stockrail facing point
locking through a vertically operating clamp
arm and includes in-built point switch and lock
detection and is hydraulically powered.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

class

A class of rolling stock is a group of vehicles


built to the same design.

AS7501

claw lock point

A point operating mechanism which provides


direct switch to stockrail facing point locking
through a horizontally operating claw arm
which requires external point switch and lock
detection and is powered by a purpose built
electric point machine or electro-pneumatic
(EP) motor.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

clear

A proceed indication displayed by a signal.


The highest (least restrictive) proceed
indication displayed by an upper quadrant
semaphore signal. In reference to a track
circuit or block section or signal route, the
absence of a train.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

clearance bar

A bar fixed alongside the rail and terminating


at the clearing point of two converging lines.
The clearance bar is interlocked with the points
in such a manner that they cannot be moved
while a train is passing over or standing on the
bar.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

clearance board

A board at the end of a temporary speed board


zone with the word CLEARANCE to indicate
to drivers that normal track speed can be
resumed.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

clearancehandsignaller

A handsignaller at a clearance location, who


reports the clearance of rail traffic past that
location

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

clearance lines

The lines painted on the roadway to delineate


the safe clearance between trams and other
road vehicles.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

clearance location

A location that, once clear of rail traffic, allows


a following movement. clearance post: A white
post approximately 150 mm above rail level
which shows the clearance point of two
converging lines. Where necessary a white
light is displayed on the clearance post during
dark.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009. RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 and RIC Rule
Book ver. 1.0.

clearance point

The nominated point where rail vehicles or


trains are deemed clear of others at converging
points or other locations.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

clearing control

A control used on some block telegraph


sections. On sections where clearing control is
in operation, it prevents the block instrument at
B from giving train arrived until the train has
arrived complete within the home signal at B.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

clearing point

The point in block signalling beyond the home


signal up to which the line must be clear before
a signalled running Movement can approach
the home Signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

clip

Resilient rail fastening.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

close up signal

A subsidiary signal fixed on the post of a signal RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
and indicating, when cleared, that the line
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

23

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

ahead is clear to the next stop signal only.


closed circuit television
(CCTV)

Equipment that is used for remote monitoring


and supervisory purposes, usually at a station
platform or level crossing.

closelyapproaching

Going towards a location at a speed such that


RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
the train crews could not be expected to react in March 2009.
sufficient time to stop.

closing keys

Interlocking keys with bow handles for


securing frames at stations and other places
when closed.

closing lever

A lever, in an interlocking machine, which,


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
when operated to reverse, will cause the signals Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
on the main line through routes to either
operate automatically or remain in the clear
position.

closing-up signal

A signal that is provided to optimise headways


and/or to provide earlier clearance of junctions
on the approach to stations. It may or may not
form part of the normal aspect sequence.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

closure list

Final index of design details issued to the


tester-in-charge by the design organisation.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

closure rail

A rail located between switch and crossing


components, cut to a length to fit the
requirements of the turnout.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

co-acting signal

An additional signal that is provided in


exceptional situations for sighting reasons. It is
located in the same transverse plane as the
primary signal and displays identical main
aspects.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

co-axial cable

An insulated conductor within a conductive


sleeve covered by an insulating sheath. The
conductor and sleeve form the two conductors
of the one circuit.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

coded track circuit

Impulse current track circuit in which the


number, frequency, polarity or duration of the
impulses or several of these characteristics at a
time are utilised in order to permit selection of
action on several receiving apparatus units,
specially adjusted for these and connected to
the same track circuit.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

COFC

An abbreviated term for container on flat car.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

cold standby

Form of redundancy in which the secondary


equipment is normally powered down, to be
switched in and begin operating and generating
output after a failure of the primary equipment.
Results in a loss of system function while the
secondary equipment powers up and reaches
operational status.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

collar

A facility that prevents the signaller from


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
operating an item of signalling infrastructure.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
Either a physical item preventing the pulling of 2004.
a lever or operation of a button, or an electronic
equivalent indicated on the signallers
workstation. The formal term for collar is
reminder appliance.

collision

A collision between trains, other rolling stock


vehicles or obstructions on main running lines.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

colour light signal

A fixed signal which uses coloured electric

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802

24

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

lights to give the signal indications during both


daylight and dark.

Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April


2004.

combiner

Apparatus which, in certain route lever boxes,


allows each route lever to operate controls of
the various apparatus for that route

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

commission

To formally place into active service or use.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

common rail

The rail of a single rail track circuit that is


electrically common to one or more adjacent
track circuits or forms the traction return path.
In non-electrified areas the common rail is
bonded with track circuit bonding. In
electrified areas the common rail is known as
the traction return rail and carries the traction
return current. It is therefore bonded with
traction return bonding.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

common return circuit

A term applied where one wire is used for the


return of more than one electric circuit.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

communication device

Any device that allows workers to


communicate.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

compensator

An appliance with a pair of cranks so


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
connected as to reverse the direction of travel
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
in a run of iron rodding, and thereby counteract
the expansion or contraction caused by changes
of temperature.

competentworker (CW)

A worker certified as competent to carry out


the relevant task.

compound

A combination of diamond and turnouts


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
connecting the intersecting tracks within the
Railway Terminology'.
diamond. Single compounds require two sets of
points and double compounds require four sets
of points.

comprehensiveapproach
locking

Approach locking including controls that will


allow the immediate release of approach
locking if no train is approaching the signal. It
uses look back logic to ascertain the line
occupancy between a given signal at danger
and the sighting point of the signal displaying
the first caution aspect for the signal under
consideration.

computer assisted train


orders

A computer system which assists the train


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
controller in compiling, issuing, cancelling and Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
recording train, mishap and shunt orders and
track warrants, and provides a graphical
representation of the extent of orders and
warrants issued, location of trains and crossings
programmed.

computer based
interlocking (CBI)

A computerised software system for providing


the interlocking between points and signals.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

concentrator

A facility to connect several telephone circuits


to one handset.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

concreted track

Track constructed with concrete under and to


the top of the rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

condition affecting the


network (CAN)

A situation or condition that affects or has the


potential to affect the safety of the network.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

conditional clearance

The clearance of a train stop or signal at a


reduced overlap clearance point, conditional
upon trains approaching the train stop or signal
at a reduced speed commensurate with the
requirement of a reduced overlap distance.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

25

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

conditional failure

Items of signalling equipment are fail safe


where they are particularly specified, designed,
manufactured, installed, inspected, tested and
maintained such that the chance of an unsafe
side failure is very low. Component parts are
robust, electrical leakage distances are long,
operating characteristics have large margins,
etc.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

conditional interlocking

Interlocking between two movable parts


occasioned by the particular positions of other
parts.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

conditional locking

Locking Interlocking between two signalling


functions that are dependent upon the state of
other signalling functions.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

conflicting locking

Interlocking between two routes that require


one or more points set in opposite positions.
Also see direct opposing locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

conflicting routes

Two or more routes, opposing, converging, or


intersecting, over which train movements
cannot be made simultaneously without
possibility of collision.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

conformal contact

Wheel and rail profiles that have aa very


AS7508
similar shape. A measure of that closeness is
that conformal contact should have a maximum
gap of 0.1mm between the undeformed shapes
of the wheel and rail profiles at the gauge
corner.

connecting rod

The rod connecting the spreader bar to the


point lever or other operating mechanism.

PTC Infrastructure Standard NG-TESTD- 2101


ver. 1.0.

consist

Listed order of the vehicles arranged to make


up a complete train.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

constant contact side


bearers (CCSB)

Type of side bearer in which they are sprung


and in constant contact with the underside of
the wagon body, as opposed to a sidebearer is
solid and has an air gap.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'. (but re-worded).

constrained curving

A description related to curving performance of AS7508 (but re-worded)


a rail vehicle. A condition where, as well as the
leading wheelset of a bogie or rigid vehicle
wheelbase being in flange contact with the
outer rail of a curve, the trailing wheelset of the
bogie or rigid vehicle wheelbase is also in
flange contact with the inner rail of the curve.

construction engineer

An engineer engaged to be in charge of a track


or infrastructure work site, or section of line
upgrading program.

construction joints

A joint in a structure made for convenience of


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
construction. It has to be designed so that the
Railway Terminology'.
load-carrying capacity and serviceability of the
structure will be unimpaired by inclusion of the
joint.

contact

A pair of conducting pieces which co-act to


open or close an electric circuit.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

contactadjustment

Adjustment of the operating linkages, cams,


armature, or the position of the contact pieces,
to open and close the contact as required in
relation to the operating mechanism.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

contact gap

Distance between parts of a contact when open. International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

contact proving test

This is an apparatus inspection and apparatus


function test to prove that equipment contacts

26

PTA Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.


01/07/2001.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

are the correct type, are correctly adjusted and


electrically open and close when the equipment
is operated.
contact resistance

The electrical resistance produced by the


contact of two conductive surfaces.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

contact wipe

A wiping action as contact surfaces initially


come together and compress, to provide a
reliable, low resistance electrical contact.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

contact wire

A bare solid conductor being the lowest of the CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
two overhead wires mounted directly above the Railway Terminology'.
track centreline. The pantographs of electric
trains press against the underside of this wire
and collect the current required by the train.

contactor

An electromagnetic device, usually a solenoid


with tractive armature, which operates heavy
duty contacts for controlling high current
electrical circuits.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

container

An independent unit either open or fully


enclosed designed for intermodal transport of
commodities. Intermodal containers are
designed with standard corner fittings for
positive securing to rail vehicles, road trucks
and sea vessels. container flat
wagon orcontainer flat car: A flat wagon
specially equipped with approved securing
devices for the transport of freight containers.
The wagon may have a full width deck, with
or without apertures, or be of skeletal
construction. container well
wagon or container well car: A well wagon
specially equipped with approved securing
devices for the transport of freight containers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

contenary wire

A bare solid conductor (contact wire) installed


in lieu of catenary wires at stations, under
bridges and at level crossings.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

continuity jumper

See 'jumper'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

continuity test

This is the process whereby the wiring is


checked to see that it is in conformity with the
wiring diagrams and that all wires are
continuous from termination point to
termination point. This test is generally carried
out simultaneously with a wire count and
insulation test.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

continuous welded rail


(CWR)

Track where the rail is joined by welding (and


other non-moveable joints such as glued
insulated joints) in lengths greater than 300
metres.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

contraction

The shortening of rails under the influence of


falling temperatures.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

contractor

Contracting companies, sub-contractors and


rail safety workers working for either of these.

AS 4292.1-2006

contraflexure turnout

A turnout on a curve where the direction of the


turnout diverging move is opposite to the
curve.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

control

Operation effecting the working of a function


from a distance. By extension, the whole of the
gear which effect s its working.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

control area

The area of the railway controlled or


supervised by a particular signal box or control
centre, as defined by the signalling plan.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

27

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

control centre

A signal box covering a large area, usually


incorporating other operational functions.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

control circuit

Group of circuits used in electric control.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

control device

A lever, switch, signalling panel button, VDU


monitor target etc which is operated by the
signaller to set points and routes, clear and
replace signals and operate other signalling
functions.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

control indicator

An indicator on the track indicator diagram in


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
signal boxes worked under the track block
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
system. When the signaller at B reverses the
accepting lever, the control indicator at A
displays a white light indicating that the section
from A to the clearing point at B is unoccupied
and that B has accepted the train.

control lever

Part of the control equipment which is worked


manually in order to control a function.

control panel

A panel which incorporates a layout of tracks


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
for the area controlled from the signal box and Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
which contains levers for the control of signals,
routes, points, releases, etc. In certain cases, the
control panel is combined into the track
indicator diagram.

control point

A signal box, including a control centre, gate


box or ground frame.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

control repeater

An indicator on the track indicator diagram in


signal boxes worked under the track block
system. When the signaller at B reverses the
accepting lever, the control repeater at B will
display a green light.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

control table

A part of the signalling system specification


that defines the detail of the signalling controls
for each signalling function.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

controlled absolute
signal

A signal that is controlled or operated by a


network control officer or competent worker.
The signal must not be passed at stop without
authority.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

controlled automatic
signal

See semi-automatic signal under term


automatic signal.

controlled level crossing

A level crossing with active warning operated


under supervision and interlocked with
protecting signals. It may be monitored by
closed circuit television (CCTV) where the
level crossing is out of sight of the controlling
signal box.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

controlled location

A location where a network control officer


controls the signalling and safeworking
operations either on-site or remotely.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

controlled signal

A signal that is, or may be, controlled or


operated by a network control officer or
competent worker.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

controlled signal
blocking (CSB)

A method used by qualified workers to carry


out work on track using controlled signals set
and kept at STOP.

RIC Rule Book ver. 1.0.

controlled signal
working automatically

A control function that enables a controlled


signal to work automatically. Also see

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

28

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

automatic reclearing.

2004.

conventional wheelset

A wheelset having two wheels interference


fitted to the axle and two outboard bearings.

AS7514 AS7515 AS7517

converging

(Lines) meeting and joining to become one


line.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

converse locking

The provision of locking between functions to


ensure that conditions cannot be broken down,
that is if 1 locks 2, then 2 must lock 1. This
form of locking is provided automatically by
mechanical interlocking. Also known as
reciprocal locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

convoy

A group of track vehicles not coupled but


travelling closely together under a single
occupancy authority.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

correlation

The comparison of the configuration and


version status of a system with the design
records to ensure that the two are in agreement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

correspondence

The agreement of the Interlocking with the


detected state of a signalling function.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

correspondenceproving

Checking which ascertains that an apparatus is


in the position corresponding to its controlling
lever or switch.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

correspondence test

This is a through test to verify that a function is RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
in correspondence with its respective
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
controlling equipment and/or indicating
equipment. It includes an out of
correspondence test to prove that if the function
does not fully respond this is detected.

corridor

The term corridor refers to capital city to


capital city legs. For example, Perth Sydney
freight travels on the Adelaide-Perth corridor
and the Sydney-Adelaide corridor. This is the
preferred term to the traditional Up and
Down trains used by state-based systems.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

counter conditional
locking

Interlocking which prevents a condition (upon


which other interlocking is dependent) from
being destroyed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

counting head

Wheel presence detection equipment that is


fixed to the rail. Each counting head assembly
consists of two counting heads and determines
the number and direction of axles passing it.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

coupler

The mechanism for joining two rail vehicles


AS7524 AS7531
together. coupler carrier: The horizontal
bracket on the headstock of the rolling stock
which supports the coupler shank. coupler head
shelf: A horizontal ledge which is part of the
coupler head which limits the relative vertical
movement between the couplers. coupler
height: The height measured from the top of
rail to the centre of the knuckle of an automatic
coupler or to the horizontal centre line of the
shank of a drawbar. coupler lighting: Lighting
of inter-vehicle coupling equipment.

cow catcher

An extension of vehicle body underneath the


AS7507 AS7520
headstock at a cab end to deflect large obstacles
from the track. Also known as an 'obstacle
deflector' or 'pilot'.

crank

A lever, the arms of which forms an angle,


which pivots around an axis and is used to
transmit motion from one rod to another rod.

29

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

crank handle

A portable handle for insertion in point


machines to enable them to be operated
manually.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

creep (rail)

The permanent or progressive longitudinal


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
movement of rails in track caused by expansion Railway Terminology'. 1st public consultation
or contraction of the rail or the action of traffic. suggestion.
creep monument: A permanent monument
located at the side of the track (i.e. in the cess
or the six foot) to facilitate the accurate
measurement of rail creep. Measurements are
taken between a marker on the monument and
punch marks made on the side of the rail head.

creep signals

Alternative term for loading / unloading


indicators.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

crib crossing

A crossing of tracks with fencing arranged to


orientate pedestrians to look in both directions
before crossing the tracks. These crossings are
usually only provided with passive protection.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

critical design stress

In structural design, it is usually taken as either


the yield stress, 80% of the ultimate stress or
the critical buckling stress whichever is less.

AS7520

critical speed

The lowest speed at which hunting is


demonstrated. Can also be used to describe
speed at which a resonant response occurs with
cyclic track irregularities.

AS7509

cross

The passing of two trains travelling in opposite


directions at crossing loops on a single track.

AS 4292.5-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

cross bond

A jumper cable cross-connecting the common


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
rails or centre points of Impedance bonds of
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
parallel tracks to form a mesh of alternate paths 2004.
for traction return current.

cross level

The difference in level of the two rails in a


AS 4292.2-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'
track. Also known as 'superelevation' or 'cant'.
Generally, the term cant or superelevation is
used for intended height difference in the rails
(i.e. where the track is inclined in a curve), and
the term cross-level is used for unintended
height difference (i.e. due to track
irregularity). cross level variation: Can mean
either: 1. The variation of the actual crosslevel at one track position from the design
cross- level at that position; or 2. The variation
in actual cross-level at two longitudinally
separated positions along the track in order to
determine track twist.

cross-arm

A timber arm, usually fastened at right angles


to an electrical service pole, designed to carry
the pins and insulators to which aerial line
wires may be attached. The line wires are
conductors for an electrical circuit e.g.
signalling circuit, telecommunications circuit.

crossing

A track component that enables a wheel


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
travelling along one rail to pass through the rail Railway Terminology'.
of a track which crosses its path. The most
common types are "V" and "K". Sometimes
called the frog. crossing angle: The angle of
approach between the two roads of a turnout or
diamond crossing. built-up crossing, or welded
crossing: A crossing utilising a hardened,
machined block in the wheel transfer area.
Extension wing and running rails are welded to

30

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

the machined block utilising specialised


techniques. fabricated crossing: A crossing
manufactured from machined and set rails
separated by blocks and suitably fastened as a
unit. K crossing: A crossingwork comprising
two opposing noses, a running wing rail and a
guard wing rail. K crossings are used in
diamond crossingwork assemblies. V crossing:
A crossing comprising a nose and two
wings. crossing number: Crossings may be
designated by a number which refers to the
cotangent of the splay angle or rate of slope
(commonly referred as angle). railway tramway
crossing: A crossingwork assembly at which
railway and tramway tracks intersect. right
angle crossing: A crossing where rails intersect
at approximately 90 degrees.
crossing loop

A length of track connected to the main line by CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
switches at both ends to provide a facility that
Railway Terminology'. (re-worded)
permits trains to both cross and pass each other.

crossingmovement

A movement which allows trains travelling in


opposite directions on single tracks to go past
each other at a station.

crossingwork

An item of trackwork such as a crossing or set CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
of points. crossingwork assembly: An assembly Railway Terminology'.
of crossingwork (e.g. points and crossings),
including lead rails, making up a complete
layout (e.g. turnout or crossover). crossingwork
layout: An assembly of crossingwork and lead
rails providing a track crossing or turning out
function.

crossover

track: A portion of line that is used to divert rail RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
traffic from one continuing line to
March 2009. CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and
another. train crews: Crew from a pair of trains Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.
heading in opposite directions swap so that the
crews finish their shift from where they started
(generally applies to long distance rail).

CTC

Abbreviated term for 'centralised traffic


control'. A safeworking system of remotely
controlling the points and signals at a number
of locations from a centralised control room.

cubic/dense

Cubic and dense relates to the type of freight


being moved. The two form the ends of the
scale with respect to the weight to space ratio.
Freight which is heavy for the amount of space
it consumes, such as beer or pavers, is referred
to as dense. Freight that is light for the amount
of space it consumes, such as potato chips or
white goods, is referred to as cubic. Cubic
freight is generally carried in taller and longer
containers, such as 12.2m and 14.6m while
dense freight is usually carried in shorter 6.1m
containers or half height containers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

curtain side wagon or


car

A box car in which the side walls consist


entirely or predominantly of weatherproof
flexible panels.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

curve

A track with a continuous change in direction


of alignment by means of an arc. circular
curve: a curve of constant radius. compound
curve: A curve comprising two or more
differing radii but in the same direction. reverse
curve: A curve comprising successive and
closely spaced curves in opposite directions. It

31

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

is usual to connect reverse curves with a


straight. simple curve: A curve with single
radius connecting two straight
lengths. transition curve: A curve of uniformly
varying radii used to connect straight and
curved tracks or curves of different radii.
curve throw

The extent to which a transverse cross- section


of a vehicle is displaced inwards or outwards
from the track centreline on a horizontal curve,
or upwards and downwards on a vertical curve.

AS7507

cut section (line circuit)

The sectioning of line circuits to avoid


exceeding the maximum length allowed, for
instance, in a.c. electrified territory.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cut section (track


circuit)

A method of reducing the continuous length of


a track circuit by the use of individual track
circuits, but indicated as a single track section
on the signallers panel. Also known as multisection track circuit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

cut track (track circuit)

A track circuit which has its feed open circuited RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
by the front contacts of the next track relay
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
ahead so that the track circuit cannot pick up
until the next track circuit picks up.

CWR

Abbreviated term for 'continuous welded rail'.


Track where the rail is joined by welding (and
other non-moveable joints such as glued
insulated joints) in lengths greater than 300
metres.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

danger (aspect)

An indication given by a signal to stop.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

dangerous goods

Goods that are defined as dangerous in the


Australian Dangerous Goods Code.

AS7524.2

dangerous goods licence

Required by State or Territory legislation for


the storage of dangerous goods above minor
thresholds.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

dark territory

Track with signalling (automatic) that is not


indicated on any signal box diagram. An
American term for non-signalled territory.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

data (signalling)

Site specific geographical and control


information in an electronic form, which may
be of safety-critical nature or otherwise.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

data event logger, data


logger or data recorder

See event recorder.

DC track circuit

A track circuit with a direct current track feed.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

DDA

Abbreviated term for the Australian Disability


Discrimination Act 1992.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 25 July


07

dead end signal

Shunting signals applying to short movements


from the running line to a dead end siding or
yard.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

dead locking

Locking which is not conditional on any other


control.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

dead section

A section of track, either within a track circuit


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
or between two track circuits, the rails of which Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
are not part of a track circuit for detecting
trains.

deadman system

A vigilance system which reacts by making a

32

AS7511

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

penalty brake application, if a continuous


control input required of the driver is
interrupted or not detected. Also known as an
operator enable system or driver safety
control.
de-energisedoverhead
wiring

Disconnected from any live electrical


equipment, usually by the opening of a circuit
breaker.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

de-energisedposition

The position assumed by the moving member


of an electromagnetic device when the device
is deprived of its operating current. Mostly the
moving member opens and closes electrical
contacts which are used in control and/or
indication circuits.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

defect card

RED CARD - A card placed in the waybill clip CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
of a wagon to notify all concerned that that
Railway Terminology'.
particular vehicle is NOT fit for traffic and
must be repaired prior to returning to traffic.
GREEN CARD - A card placed in the waybill
clip of a vehicle to notify all concerned that
repairs are required on that vehicle, however
the vehicle may remain in traffic until it is
operationally practicable to effect those repairs.

degraded mode
conditions

The state of the part of the railway system


when it continues to operate in a restricted
manner due to the failure of one or more
components.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

delayed action electromechanical treadle

Electro-mechanical treadle the contacts of


which being actuated return to the original,
position after a certain delay.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

delayed yellow (aspect)

A signal to which approach control has been


applied where speed must be reduced before
the next signal, for example warning (route
class).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

demarcation fencing

Easily-seen, continuous worksite safety


boundary markers.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

departure train
examination (DX)

DX (roll by) examinations are to be conducted


where possible on departure from a train's
originating location en route. Depending upon
the location and the availability of staff, these
examinations may be performed by examining
staff, train crews, yard or station staff.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

dependability

A collective term used to describe the


AS7511
availability performance and its influencing
factors: reliability performance, maintainability
performance and maintenance support
performance. It is non- quantitative.

dependent contact

A changeover contact of a relay where the


contact armature connects to either a front
contact point or a back contact point,
depending on whether the relay is energised or
de-energised.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

depression bar

A bar fixed along side the rail at rail level and


when depressed by the flanges of a wheel
prevents the movement of points.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

derailer

A specially shaped block placed over one rail


of a siding to protect main line traffic from any
runaway vehicles or unauthorised moves. This
protection is achieved by derailing any
locomotive or wagon that comes in contact
with the derail. In some terminals derails are
also used to prevent unauthorised entry into

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

33

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

sidings. Alternative device to protect vehicles


rolling away onto the main line: catch point.
derailment

An incident in which one or more wheelsets


run off the track.

AS7519 AS7520

design certification

Certification that the design complies with the


defined standards and requirements.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

design details

Any plans, control tables, engineering details


and data that are required to sufficiently define
the signalling system.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

design integrity test

This is a system interlocking and control


function test similar to the function test to the
control tables, but working from the
operational requirements and signalling
principles, not directly from Interlocking and
control tables or aspect sequence charts.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

design neutral
temperature

Design temperature at which there are no


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
temperature induced stresses in the rail. Used in 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
relation to continuously welded rail or rail with Terminology'.
mechanical joints where a rail joint gap is also
specified.

design verification

A design check made by an independent


competent professional engineer.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

destress

The procedure used to ensure that there is no


longitudinal stress in a rail when it is at a
nominated stress free temperature.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

detectable

Rolling stock able to reliably activate track


circuits.

AS7505.4

detection (of points)

The proof of the position of the points (normal


or reverse) to the interlocking equipment.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

detonating signals

Impact explosive devices secured on top of the


rail of the track to be protected, to attract the
attention of train crews.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

detonator

An audible warning device that explodes on


impact, used to attract the attention of drivers
and track vehicle operators.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

detonator placer

An appliance for placing one or more


detonators on the running line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

diamondcrossing

An arrangement of 2 'V' and 2 'K' crossings


together with two pairs of guard rails whereby
one track crosses another.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

diesellocomotive

A locomotive in which electric current from a


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
diesel motor driving generators or alternators is Railway Terminology'.
delivered to traction motors on the axles for
propulsion.

differential
(speedrestriction)

A speed restriction having up to three values,


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
each of which is applicable to different types of Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
train.
2004.

dimming switch

A switch, located in a signal box, used to


decrease the brightness of colour light signals
at night and increase it during daylight.

dip

A downward variation in the running surface of CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
a rail as may occur at welds or rail ends.
Railway Terminology'.

direct fixation

The system of fixation of track directly to a


structure or continuous concrete base.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

direct interlocking

Interlocking produced by direct action of the


interlocking apparatus (or groups of apparatus)

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,

34

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

on the fittings interlocked and which is


independent of all other apparatus.

IEC, AS 1852 1970.

direct opposing locking

Interlocking between two routes in opposite


directions for which the lie of all points is the
same.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

direct track locking

Locking of movable components, for example,


points when a train is present. This is not
conditional on the points being set or locked.
Also see dead locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

direction lever

A non-token system of single line working


usually requiring continuous train detection
through the section. A form of track circuit
block.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

directional travel station A station at which the points are normally set
to allow simultaneous entry and exit of trains
through the up and down lines.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

DIRN

Abbreviation for Defined Interstate Rail


Network.

AS75xx series

disc signal

Display a red signal during daylight or


coloured lights at night or where visibility is
reduced. or A shunting signal or subsidiary
signal consisting of a small disc which rotates
to indicate a change of aspect.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'. UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

disconnected signal

A signal that has been adjusted to ensure that it


shows only the most restrictive aspect for one
or more of its routes.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

disconnection

The disconnection or restriction of use of


signalling equipment agreed between
maintenance and operations staff to enable
work to be carried out on the equipment. Also
see possession.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

disconnection box

A small housing containing cable terminations


to enable cable size changes or disconnections
to be made.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

distant board

A reflectorised sign that is equivalent to a fixed UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
distant signal. Also see 'landmark'.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

distant lookout

A qualified and competent worker who


provides advance warning to the site lookout.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

distant signal

A signal (not itself a stop signal) capable of


displaying a cautionary aspect that informs the
driver of the state of the signals or level
crossing ahead.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

diverging line

Dividing into two lines.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

diverging route

In the signalling of junctions, any route that


diverges from the fastest/equal or straight
route.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

DMU

Abbreviated term for diesel multiple unit, a


multiple-unit passenger train in which the
propulsion power is supplied by a diesel
engine.

dog chart

A pictorial representation of the interlocking


elements required to make-up mechanical
locking. An alternative term for locking chart.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

dogspike

A steel fastener used on timber sleepers for


holding down rail at the foot and to maintain
gauge.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

DOI

Abbreviated term for 'Department of


Infrastructure' (Victoria).

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

35

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

doll

A short post on a cantilever or gantry, on which UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
is mounted one or more semaphore signals.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

DOTARS

Abbreviated term for 'Department of Transport


and Regional Services'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

double check gauge

The distance between the guard edges of


double check rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

double junction

The point of junction of two double track


routes. It comprises two turn outs and a
diamond crossing.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

double light signalling

A system of colour light signalling where a


running signal indication is given by two
colour lights.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

double line

Two adjacent, parallel, running lines. In double RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
line areas, trains are generally permitted to
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
travel in one direction only on each line (except
during bi- directional or single line working).

double line working

The operation of two parallel main lines


carrying traffic in each direction on a separate
track.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

double or delta
crossover

Crossingwork assembly comprising two


crossovers intersecting in the form of a
diamond between the centrelines of the outside
tracks.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

double rail track circuit

A track circuit which uses both rails for


signalling purposes. In electrified areas both
rails are also used as traction return rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

double slip

A combination of a diamond crossing with four UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
point ends without the need of separate
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
crossings (points).
2004.

double stack

This refers to the practice of stacking one


container on top of another on a wagon. This
allows more containers to be carried for the
given train length, making the trains more
efficient. It is currently only possible to double
stack within the area bounded by Adelaide,
Parkes in western NSW, Perth and Alice
Springs primarily due to tunnels and lower
bridges in the eastern states.

double switched circuits

Circuits which are switched on both the active RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
and common (or positive and negative) sides of Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
the controlled function by each of the
controlling functions.

double track

Consists of two parallel tracks, typically for


trains travelling in opposite directions at the
one time without the need for passing loops.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

double yellow (aspect)

A preliminary caution displayed by a colour


light signal in four aspect signalling informing
the driver to expect the next main signal to be
at single yellow.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

down line

In a double line area, the lines are generally


referred to as the down line and up line.
Usually, the down line is used by trains
travelling away from the State Capital.
However, local notices should be referenced to
check this at any location.

DPI

Abbreviation for 'Department of Primary


Industries' (WA).

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

DPI (NT)

Abbreviation for 'Department of Planning and


Infrastructure' (NT).

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

36

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

draftgear

Components which provide resilience in the


connection of the coupling system to the
structure of the rolling stock.

AS7520 AS7524

draftgear yoke

The component of the drawgear connected to


the coupler within which the draftgear resides.

AS7524

draw ahead (aspect)

A position light subsidiary signal that instructs UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
the driver to draw ahead, for example,
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
sufficiently to enable a set back move over a
2004.
trailing connection to take place. An alternative
term for calling-on or shunt-ahead signal.

draw hook and screw


coupling

A coupling system between rolling stock which AS7524


can only accept draft loads and relies on
headstock buffers to accept buffing loads.

drawbar

A rigid connection between two items of


rolling stock which is only intended to be
separated in a shop, rather than in normal
operation.

AS7524

drawgear

A set of fittings used to connect railway


vehicles for the purpose of transmitting
longitudinal forces between adjacent vehicles;
connection can be made manually or
automatically.

AS7520 AS7524

drive rod

The rod between the drive mechanism and the


front rod.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

driver only operation


(DOO)

A method of working which permits trains to


operate without the need of a guard.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

driver supervisory
system

A system fitted to a vehicle that can monitor


the driver (or train) condition or performance
and apply the train brakes when a measured
condition or performance parameter violates a
required state or limit.

AS7511

driver-alone operation

Operations in which one sole rail safety worker CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
has the responsibility for the control, operations Railway Terminology'.
and procedures of a train.

driversreminder
appliance (DRA)

A device in a driving cab to enable the driver to UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
set a reminder. Whilst set it prevents the driver Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
from taking power.
2004.

DSFAPT

Abbreviation for the Disability Standards for


Accessible Public Transport 2002 and
Amendments which states requirements for
transport providers and operators to meet the
Disability Discrimination Act.

DTEI

Abbreviated term for 'Department of Transport, ARA


Environment and Infrastructure' (SA).
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

dual control points

A power operated point machine also equipped


for hand operation.

dual gauge crossingwork An assembly of crossingwork arranged to


permit both broad gauge and standard gauge
assembly
traffic on the through and turnout moves.

AS7522.3

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

dual gauge track

Track that is constructed with a mixture of both CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
standard gauge (1435 mm) and broad gauge
Railway Terminology'.
(1600 mm) widths, or standard and narrow
gauge (1067 mm) widths utilising a common
rail.

dual gauge turnout

A turnout incorporating dual gauge


crossingwork units.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

dummy hose coupling

A casting, the same shape as a hose coupling,


into which the coupling may be hooked. It is
used to prevent dirt from getting into the brake

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

37

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

pipe as well as preventing the hose coupling


from being damaged when not in use.
dummy point slide chair

The short point slide chair ahead of the toe of


the switch.

PTC Infrastructure Standard NG-TESTD- 2101


Ver. 1.0.

dunnage

Loose material such as timber, steel or


synthetic beams or wedges laid beneath or
wedged between loads carried by rail to
support, separate or restrain loads and prevent
damage.

duplex

A communication system that can transmit and


receive at the same time, similar to a telephone
system.

duplex lock

A lock operated by an annett key to release


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
another annett key which is then used to unlock Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
signalling equipment. One key is always held
captive in the duplex lock when the other is
out.

dwarf signal

Small size semaphore or colour light signals


which can be either mechanically or power
worked. These signals are usually used where
they can be easily seen from short distance and
the speed of approaching trains is low, such as
in a shunting yard.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

dynamic behaviour

The performance of the vehicle when moving


along the track.

AS7509

dynamic braking

Braking that uses the momentum of the


locomotive and train to cause a braking effect.
The traction motors are in effect turned into
generators and the power is dissipated as heat
through fan blown grids on the locomotive.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

E
earth isolation

Signalling circuits are insulated/isolated from


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
earth and the presence of any earth fault on
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
wiring is a definite danger to signalling
circuitry and calls for protective measures to be
taken.

easer (tread) rail

A rail placed with its head along the outside


and close to the head of the running rail and
sloped at the ends to provide a bearing for the
overhanging portion of hollowed out treads of
worn wheels.

electric control centre

A building containing apparatus for ther control CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
of the feeder stations, track sectioning cabins
Railway Terminology'.
and equipment associated with the overhead
line equipment.

electric control operator


(ECO)

The worker in charge of the electrical control


room, who controls the power supply to the
overhead traction wiring equipment, and is
responsible for all switching operations and
isolations of electrical equipment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

electric lock

An electromagnetic device which prevents or


restricts the movement of a mechanical lever in
an interlocking frame, or other appliance, from
being partially or completely operated.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

electriclocomotive

As distinguished from a diesel locomotive, the


traction motors obtain power from a wire
suspended above the track. Contact is made to
this wire by a pantograph mounted on the roof
of the locomotive.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

electric staff

A metal rod of prescribed design used as a

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

38

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

token to authorise train movements into or


through a block in electric staff territory.

Railway Terminology'.

electric staff instrument

An electrically operated instrument, installed at RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


each end of an electric staff section, which
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
contains and controls the issue of staffs for the
section. The staff instruments are electrically
interlocked so that only one electric staff for
the section can be obtained from either of the
two instruments at any one time. Also referred
to as 'electric train staff instrument'.

electric staff system

A system of safeworking, usually used on


single lines in non track-circuited areas, to
allow trains to travel safely in either direction.
Under normal conditions the authority for a
train to occupy the section is a metal token
known as an electric staff obtained from an
electric train staff instrument. Also referred to
as 'electric train staff system'.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

electric staff territory

The portions of line where the electric staff


system of safeworking is used.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

electric token block

A signalling system used on single lines


controlled by the use of physical tokens, only
one of which can be released from the
instruments for a section at any one time. The
released token is the prime authority to enter
the token section.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

electric token
instrument

The equipment in a signal box for the operation UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
of electric token block. Contains one or more
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
electric tokens.
2004.

electric traction
infrastructure

Equipment and systems associated with the


supply and reticulation of electricity for
traction purposes, but excluding elements of
civil infrastructure supporting or otherwise
associated with the equipment or systems.

AS 4292.1-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'


and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

electric train

A train comprising one or more electric


multiple units or a train hauled by an electric
locomotive.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

electricalcontrol

Control, the operation of which is effected by a


device using electric current.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

electricaldepression bar

Apparatus with a bar and contacts which are


operated when the wheels of a vehicle depress
the bar.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

electrical interlocking

Interlocking utilising the action of an electric


current and which may act on a piece of
apparatus by: a) immobilising its control lever
(by electric lock) b) making inoperative the
actuating of its control

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

electricalsection or
subsection

A length or part of overhead traction wiring


equipment which may be isolated from all
other lengths of overhead line equipment by the
operation of overhead line isolators.

electrical system
operator

See electric control operator.

electrified area

Any section of track equipped with overhead


line equipment, or any substation or supply
substation used to provide power for electric
trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

electrolysis bond

A device for electrically connecting a buried


utility service (pipeline or cable) to adjacent
DC traction return rails, to prevent electrolysis

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

39

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

damage to the service by stray traction currents.


The electrolysis bond incorporates equipment
for the control of magnitude and direction of
current flowing between the buried service and
traction rails.
electro- magnetic
interference (EMI)

The signalling electrical system requires to be


protected against and have immunity to
electrical interference in its operating
environment and is required to not generate
electrical interference that adversely affects
other important systems in its environment.
This is called electromagnetic compatibility.
Electromagnetic interference includes radiated
interference due to magnetic induction,
capacitive coupling and radio transmissions.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

electro-mechanical
interlocking

An interlocking area with an interlocking


machine controlling both power and
mechanically operated signalling field
equipment.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

electro-mechanical
repeater

Repeater, the indications of which are given by


one or more arms (or needles) operated by
electric current.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

electronictoken

An electronic message transmitted by radio


between a signal box and train. It performs the
function of a token but no physical token is
required. Also see RETB.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

electronicallyassisted
train order (EATO)

Train orders transmitted electronically to train


crews.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

electro-pneumatic signal
box

A signal box from which the operation of


apparatus is effected by means of electric
circuits controlling pneumatic motors.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

EMC

Abbreviation for electromagnetic


compatibility.

AS7505

emergencyalarm

A direct communication channel to alert a


signaller in an adjacent signalling centre to an
emergency. provided in track circuit block
territory as a replacement for emergency bell
communication.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

emergency brake
application

Maximum brake application made when a train


must be stopped in the minimum distance
possible, initiated by the driver or other crew
member, or by a fault in the brake system such
as rupture to the brake pipe, air hoses becoming
disconnected, etc.

emergencychangeover
contactor

A contactor which changes over the load on a


power supply to the emergency standby supply
when the normal power supplies fails and
changes it back when the normal power supply
is restored.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

emergencycrossover

A crossover in a double line automatic section


where the points at both ends of the crossover
are directly protected by automatic signals and
the points are XL locked.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

emergency exit

A supplementary means of escape from a


compartment, other than by the normal access
doors.

AS7522

emergencyindicator

A lineside sign that informs the driver of an


emergency speed restriction ahead.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

emergency isolation

A de-energising of part or the whole of the


overhead traction line equipment in an

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

40

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

emergency.
emergencylighting

Lighting powered from a separate source (eg.


AS7531
battery) to the vehicle's main power source,
providing illumination for evacuation purposes.

emergencymanual
release

A bypassing of the safeguards built into an


interlocking. Some failures of equipment
within the interlocking will prevent the
signalling of trains. Under certain controlled
conditions and prescribed procedures it is
sometimes acceptable for the safeguard to be
momentarily bypassed to allow the signalling
to be operated.

emergency release

A device, usually sealed, to permit the


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
operation of a signalling function in case of
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
emergency or failure. emergency release
2004.
key: Keys that when removed from their
emergency release lock hold protecting signals
at stop and permit the emergency operation of
points. emergency release lock: Equipment
which is interlocked with protecting signals and
holds an emergency release key used to release
points in an emergency.

emergency
replacementswitch

A switch or button located in the signal box


that enables the signaller to replace an
automatic signal to danger in an emergency.
The signal is not proved to be replaced. Also
see replacement switch and emergency
signals on control.

emergency roof entrance A roof hatch or an area identified on the roof


exterior for emergency services to cut through
to gain access the rollingstock interior.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

AS7522

emergency services
organisation

See Model Rail Safety Bill for definition.

emergency signals on
control (ESOC)

Provided (generally in areas controlled by CBI) UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
to replace all signals to danger in an area
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
controlled by an interlocking, either: 1. in
2004.
response to a traffic emergency, or 2. where
the interlocking fails to respond to commands.

emergency
speedrestriction

A temporary speed restriction not shown in the


weekly operating notice, or which is more
restrictive than shown, or which applies at a
time not shown.

emergency switch
machine lock (ESML)

Equipment which is interlocked with protecting RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
signals and the controlling mechanisms of
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
power operated points so that the points can be
manually operated when required in an
emergency.

emergency switch
machine lock key

Key held in the signal box to unlock emergency RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
equipment cupboard housing ESML handle.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

EMI

Abbreviation for electromagnetic


interference.

EMU

Abbreviation for electric multiple unit, a


multiple- unit passenger train in which the
propulsion power is provided by electric power
supplied from an external source such as
overhead wires.

EN

Abbreviated term for Euronorm, or European AS7514


Standard.

end batter (rail)

A permanent plastic deformation of a rail end


at a joint resulting from wheel impacts.

41

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

AS7505

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

end of train detector

A receiver mounted in the track which detects


the passing of a transmitter (end-of-trainmarker) mounted on the end of a train. On non
track circuited lines, can be used at turnout
clearance points to provide an indication to the
signalling system that a train is in clear.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

end post

See insulation end post.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

end throw

The curve throw towards the outside of a


AS7507
horizontal curve at the vehicle end which is the
position of maximum outwards curve throw for
a uniform vehicle.

end-of-train marker

A physical device to indicate end-of-train


fitted to the trailing end of the last vehicle of a
train.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

energise

To provide an electrically operated device with


its operating current or voltage.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

engineeringtoken

A type of electronic token that gives


engineering staff possession of the line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

enhanced permissible
speed (EPS)

The permitted speed (higher than permissible


speed) that applies to a specific type of train
over a section of line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

entrance exit (NX)

A type of route control system of interlocking


whereby the signaller operates one pushbutton
at the commencement (entrance) of the
required route and a second at the finish (exit)
of the route. This action initiates the setting of
all points required by the route.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

entrance-exit free lever


signal box

Free lever signal box in which the control of a


route is effected by joint operation of two
levers corresponding to the extremities of the
route.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

EP

Abbreviated term for electro-pneumatic.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

EP points indication box

Contacts within a box mounted on track


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
between the point switches and activated by the Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
facing point lock plunger lock slide on facing
points with an electro-pneumatic (EP) point
operating mechanism. The contacts verify the
position of the plunger.

EP points plunger lock

An electrically operated lock which locks the


facing point lock plunger lock slide on a set of
electro- pneumatic (EP) operated facing points
to prevent unlocking of the points except as
required and provided critical track locking is
not against the movement of the points.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

EPS

Abbreviated term for enhanced permissible


speed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

equilibrium cant

See cant.

ERTMS

Abbreviated term for European Rail Traffic


Management System.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

ETCS

Abbreviated term for European Train Control


System.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

European rail traffic


management system
(ERTMS)

A system for managing rail traffic, enabling it


to operate on compatible signalling systems
across European borders.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

42

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

European train control


system (ETCS)

A three level, unified, modular automatic train


protection specification to enhance
interoperability across Europe.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

evaluator equipment

Computing equipment provided to compare the


outputs from the counting heads located at the
extremities of an axle counter section.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

event recorder

A device installed on rolling stock capable of


AS7527
recording multiple input parameters, in digital
or analogue format, related to the operation of
the rolling stock. Also known as a data logger
or data recorder.

exclusiveoccupancy

Sole use of a track section by a single train or


track workers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

exit signal

The signal or buffer stop/board to which a train


traversing a route is directed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

expansion

The lengthening or rails under the influence of


rising temperatures.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

expansion switches

A crossingwork assembly which allows relative CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
longitudinal movement between consecutive
Railway Terminology'.
rails on the same leg while also providing
continuous vertical support for wheels.

extendable

A container which can be extended to


accommodate long freight such as structural
steel.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

facing (direction)

The direction of rail traffic over points where


the train meets the toe of the switch rail first.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

facingmovement

A wheelset movement through a set of points


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
from the toe end to the heel end i.e. a
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 and PTC Infrastructure
movement of a train over points which are
Standard NG-TE-STD- 2101 Ver. 1.0.
facing points for the direction in which the train
is moving.

facing point lock (FPL)

A mechanical means of physically locking


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
points so they cannot be moved, may be
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
provided independently or incorporated in a
2004.
point machine. facing point lock
(economical): A facing point lock mechanically
operated by the same lever that operates the
point switches (as distinct from a facing point
lock operated by a separate lever). facing point
lock bar: A lifting bar to prevent the unlocking
of facing points while a train is passing over
them. facing point lock test: A test generally
carried out by inserting an obstruction gauge
between the stockrail and the closing switch of
facing points to confirm that the facing point
lock of the point operating mechanism cannot
complete its operation and to confirm that the
points detection indicates that the points are not
safe for the passage of trains.

facing points

Those switches over which trains or vehicles


from one line diverge onto two lines and the
points of the switch blades are facing towards
approaching traffic.

1st public consultation suggestion.

fail-safe

The capability of an item or a system to ensure


that any failure in a predictable or specified
mode will result only in that item or system
reaching and remaining in a safe condition.

AS 4292.4-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

43

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

failure mode and effects


analysis (FMEA)

A procedure by which potential failure modes


in a technical system are analysed. An FMEA
can be extended to perform what is called
failure modes, effects and critical analysis
(FMECA). In a FMECA, each failure mode
identified is ranked according to the combined
influence of its likelihood of occurrence and
the severity of its consequences.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

false clear

A condition where a train detection section


indicates the line is unoccupied when it is
occupied by a train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

false proceed

A proceed authority issued in unsafe or


potentially unsafe conditions.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

fastening

This definition is for rail fastenings, of which


there are two main types: rail fastening: A
combination of baseplates and fasteners used to
attach the rail to the bearer that may include
spikes, pads, clips, insulators and anchors or
proprietary fastening systems such as Pandrol
and Rex; or joint fastening: The fishplates and
fastenings utilised to join rails together.

fatigue

The term fatigue could refer to either: 1.


Fatigue of a worker from bodily or mental
exertion; or 2. Fatigue of a material that is the
weakening of material subjected to stress.

fault tree analysis

A systems engineering method for representing


the logical combinations of various system
states and possible causes which can contribute
to a specified event (called the top event).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

FDM

Abbreviated term for frequency division


multiplex.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

feeder

A transmission line conductor or cable in the


electrical power system.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

feeder station

A building containing electrical equipment to


which the traction power supplies from the
electricity authority are brought, and from
which the overhead line system is fed.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

female half (crossing)

See nose rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fender vehicle

A vehicle placed next to a loaded vehicle to


provide additional protection or clearance for
extended loads or dangerous goods.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

fibre-optic indicator

An indicator using optical fibres to provide the


required illuminated indication. Uses include
standard and miniature alphanumeric route
indicators, close doors, right away and off
indicators.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

fibre-optic signal

A colour light signal that uses fibre-optic


technology to combine the red, yellow and
green aspects into one aperture to generate the
appropriate aspect. Other uses include banner
and position light signals.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

field blocking

Vital blocking which makes use of a vital relay


located at the controlled point or remote
controlled interlocking.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

field lubricated bearings

Bearings that require lubricant to be added


during the service period.

AS7516

field side of rail

The side of the rail opposite the gauge face.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

field welding

The welding of rails in, or beside the track by

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

44

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

any welding process.

Railway Terminology'.

first caution

A signal which gives the driver the first


indication of a need to stop at a signal ahead.
Also see Caution (Aspect) and Preliminary
Caution (Aspect).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

first wheel replacement

A control applied to a signal which replaces it


to its most restrictive aspect immediately after
the front of the train has passed that signal.
Also see Last Wheel Replacement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

fishbolt

An oval neck bolt used for fastening fish plates


(with oval holes) at joints.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fishing angle

The slope of the underside of the head or top


side of the flange of the rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fishing face

The sloped face under the head or on top of the


flange of the rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fishplate

A steel component normally used in pairs for


the purpose of joining rail ends together.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fishplate bond

Provided to ensure electrical continuity


between two rails mechanically connected.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

fishplates, junction

Fishplates designed to provide connection and


support to rails of different sections.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fishplates, weld repair

Fishplates designed to provide clearance at rail CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
welds. These fish plates are utilised at defective Railway Terminology'.
or suspect welds to provide rail joining in the
event of a weld failure.

fit for purpose

Able to be used for the required function.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

five foot

A term used to identify the area between the


rails of broad gauge track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fixed block

A train separation system based on the


segmentation of the track into a series of
blocks. It is intended that a space consisting of
one or more blocks is to exist between trains.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

fixed distant signal

A distant signal that is only capable of


displaying a caution. Also see distant board.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

fixed heel points

Points which utilise permanently fastened heel


blocks. Localised flexing of the switch occurs
ahead of the fixed heel and the switch rail
continues beyond the heel.

PTC Infrastructure Standard NG-TESTD- 2101


Ver. 1.0.

fixed nose vee

A vee where the nose of the vee is fixed. Most


conventional vees are fixed nose.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' July 2006 version


revised by Worley Parsons and advised to ITPL by
email from RSSB 2nd Feb 09.

fixed point

A point or location in the track where the rail is


fixed and cannot move longitudinally relative
to the sleepers and ballast. This may include
such locations as turnouts, level crossings and
transition points from dog spiked timber
sleepered track to resilient fastened concrete
sleepered track. or Third rail crossingwork
designed to permit the standard gauge or broad
gauge track to turn out. The diverge move is
effected by the use of ramped manganese
blocks on which the wheel flange runs and
guard rails.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology' and 1st public consultation
suggestion. PTC Infrastructure Standard NGTESTD- 2101 Ver. 1.0.

fixed signal

A manually or power operated signal which is


permanently located near the line.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

flag attendant

A person appointed to exhibit hand signals.

PTA Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.

45

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE
01/07/2001.

flange

Term could refer to either: 1. rail flange: The


base or foot of the rail; or 2. wheel flange: The
larger, inner part of the train's wheel. It is used
as a means of the guidance of the train and
keeping it on the track.

flangeway

Gap between the running edge of the rail and


any adjacent rail or feature which restricts the
available movement of the wheel flange.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

flangewaypoints

The gap between the back of the open switch


and the running face of the stockrail to allow
passage of the wheel flange.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

flangewaywidth

The distance between the running and guarding CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
surfaces of crossingwork or crossingwork
Railway Terminology'.
assembly.

flank points

Points which, if traversed by an overrunning


train in the facing direction, could direct that
train away from a route or overlap that has
been set for an authorised train movement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

flank protection

Protection from overrunning movements


approaching on converging tracks, usually by
additional point interlocking or train detection.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

flare

The tapering widening at the ends of the


flangeways to gradually engage wheel flanges
and position them to pass through flangeways.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

flash butt weld

The fusion welding of rail ends by electric arc


heating and contact under high pressure.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

flasher relay

A relay so designed that, when energised, its


contacts open and close at pre-determined
intervals. Flasher relay contacts may be
mechanical or electronic.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

flashing beacon

Rotating beacon light or strobe light.

AS7531

flashing double yellow


(aspect)

Displayed by a colour light signal, informs the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
driver to expect the next main signal at flashing Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
single yellow.
2004.

flashing single yellow


(aspect)

A preliminary caution displayed by a colour


light signal informing the driver to expect the
next main signal at single yellow with junction
indicator set for a diverging route.

flat

Term could be abbrevaition for either: 1. Flatrack or platform base container; or 2. Flat
wagon - a wagon with a full width substantially
flat deck, without side walls and with or
without stanchions, bulkheads and other load
support and restraint systems. Without
container securing devices, used for general
purpose freight carriage.

flat spot

See flat wheel.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

flat wheel

Loss of roundness of the tread of a wheel


usually caused by wheelslip or wheel slide.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' and 1st public consultation
suggestion.

flat wheel detector

Detects the presence of a flattened wheel


surface on a passing train by detecting the
vibration produced by the impact occurring as
the flat portion comes into contact with the rail
surface at each revolution of the wheel. Also
known as a wheel impact detector.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

fleeting mode

A controlled automatic signal operating as an


automatic signal is said to be operating in

SKM Signalling Design Principles on the


Victorian Rail Network, SF90133.01, 23 June

46

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

fleeting mode.

2006.

flexible switch

A continuous point switch that is heel-less;


with the heel block bolted solidly through the
switch.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

focusing

Alignment of a signal to provide train drivers


with acceptable sighting of signal indications.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

fog signal

See 'detonator'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

foot

See flange.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

foot crossing

See pedestrian crossing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

forced drop lock

An electric lock in which the locking member


is mechanically forced down to the locked
position.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

formation

The full width of the top of embankments or


the bottom of cuttings upon which the track is
constructed.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

foul

In a position to obstruct rail traffic on an


adjacent line.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

foul ballast

Ballast that is contaminated by mud or similar


material, so that water does not drain through
it.

1st public consultation suggestion.

fouling bar

A mechanically operated form of train


detection activated by the flange of a wheel.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

fouling point

The position on a siding or secondary track


beyond which a vehicle will foul the structure
gauge of the main track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

fouling track circuit

A track circuit near where lines converge or


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
cross and where a train (including the overhang Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
of the train) on the track circuit could be within
the clearance point with other lines.

four aspect signalling

A system of colour light signalling which


provides red, yellow, double yellow and green
aspects in a manner which normally provides a
first caution at least two signals before a signal
at red. See also 4 aspect block.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

four foot

The area between the rails of a standard gauge


railway.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

FPL

Abbreviated term for facing point lock.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

free curving

Condition where only the leading wheelset of a


bogie or rigid vehicle wheelbase is in flange
contact in a curve.

AS7508

free welding

Welding without the use of a rail tensor. It is


most commonly the joining of short rails into
long rail strings before destressing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

free-wired interlocking

A relay interlocking that comprises


individually wired relays rather than prewired
sets.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

freight rolling stock

Hauled rolling stock used to transport goods,


materials, etc.

AS75xx series

FreightLink

The track manger for the Tarcoola to Darwin


standard gauge network.

RISSB Roll standard Roll 07-1

frequency division
multiplex (FDM)

A data transmission system that uses unique


frequencies to separate channels over a single

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

47

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

pair of conductors.

2004.

fringe signal box

The first signal box located along a line beyond UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
the boundary of a controlled area.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

frog

See crossing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

front contact

That contact of a relay which is closed (made)


only when the relay is energised (picked-up).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

front rod

The bar or rod connecting the point switches to


which the drive is coupled.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

FSK

Abbreviation for frequency shift key.

AS7505

full continuity test (FC)

An air brake examination that confirms the


train crew has control of the train by testing
that there is brake pipe pressure throughout the
train.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

full overlap

An overlap of at least 180 m (or 400 m where


both the stop signal and the preceding caution
signal are both semaphore signals).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

full service brake


application

A full brake application in the normal operating AS7511


mode, without using the emergency position.

full train examination


(FX1)

Performed by examining staff after final


marshalling of non tested loading, prior to
comeencement of journey consisting of: full
mechanical examination; complete air brake
test; brake pipe leakage test; issue of a train
examiners certificate for interstate freight
trains.

full train examination


(FX2)

Performed by train crew when examining staff CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
are unavailable after final marshalling and
Railway Terminology'.
attachment of locomotive to non tested loading,
prior to comeencement of journey consisting
of: - general mechanical examination; complete train air brake test.

full train inspection (FX) An examination which checks the mechanical


condition of all vehicles in the train, confirms
the security of all loads and equipment on the
train, and confirms the correct operation of the
braking system throughout the train. It also
identifies any vehicles on the train with nonfunctioning brakes, and checks the make up of
the train and confirms that it is consistent with
safe and efficient operations of the train.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

function test to control


tables

This is the operation of the equipment from the


control panel, keyboard, levers, switches, or
VDU (Visual Display Unit) to verify that the
system operates safely in accordance with the
electrical interlocking and controls
incorporated in the design drawings, namely
the control tables.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

functional safety

The capacity of a safeworking system to


maintain safe train operation with protection
against unsafe outcomes due to failure of:
system software system hardware
signaller-driver communication signaller
analysis or decision making driver
comprehension, judgement or response

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

ganger

Old term for person responsible for


maintenance of a section of track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gangway

The intercar walking surface provided between

AS7522.3

48

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

adjoining passenger vehicles.


gantry

A signal structure spanning one or more tracks


and having two or more points of support.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

gantry crane

An overhead crane spanning one or more rail


tracks and roadway to allow transfer of loading
from a road vehicle, or a rail wagon, to another
wagon. The crane may be either running on its
own rails or be rubber tyred to allow it to move
around a terminal. Often referred to as RTG
(rubber tyred gantry) or straddle crane.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gauge (track)

The distance between the inside running (or


gauge) faces of the two rails, measured
between points 16 mm below the top of the rail
heads.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

gauge conversion

The process of changing the track gauge from


one gauge to another, e.g. broad gauge to
standard gauge.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gauge corner

Transition surface separating the rail running


surface from the rail side.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gauge face

The inner side of the running rail head, i.e. the


side of the rail head where the track gauge is
measured and could be contact by the wheel
flange. Also running face.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' and 1st public consultation
suggestion.

gauge face angle

The angle between a line perpendicular to the


sleeper plane (i.e. the plane of the track) and
the line tangent to the rail gauge face where
wheel flange contact occurs.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

gauge indicator

Gauge indicators are a special form of


SKM Signalling Design Principles on the
signalling route indicators which indicate to the Victorian Rail Network, SF90133.01, 23 June
driver on a dual gauge track, which gauge of
2006.
track he is being signalled towards.

gauge point

The point on the side of the rail head 16mm


beneath the top surface of the rail at which
track gauge is measured.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gauge side (track)

The side of the rail within the track gauge.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gauge, guard rail

The distance between the guarding face of a


guard rail and running edge of a running rail,
measured across the track at right angles to the
running edge.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gauntlet (track)

A section of track where the two lines of track


overlap so that one rail of each track is within
the rail gauge of the other.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

GCP

Abbreviated term for grade crossing


predictor, a microprocessor-controlled system
that is deployed to continually monitor the
approach to level crossings. It applies a
constant a.c. signal to the track and measures
the level of the resulting voltage. This varies
with the approaching train which alters the
track impedance. The voltage and its rate of
change are used to determine the train speed,
train arrival time and to activate the crossing
protection equipment at the appropriate time.

AS7505

general inspections

Essentially visual inspections but may include


some elementary site testing and measurement.
They should include the requirements of a
patrol inspection in addition to inspection of all
readily visible elements of the infrastructure
and elements known to contain critical defects.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

49

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

general purpose flat


wagon

A wagon with a full width substantially flat


deck, without side walls and with or without
stanchions, bulkheads and other load support
and restraint systems.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

general train inspection


(GX)

An examination conducted by appropriately


qualified employees (normally locomotive
drivers) at those times and locations where
other staff qualified to conduct an FX
inspection are not available.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

geographicalinterlocking An interlocking in which standard preassembled modules are provided for each
signalling function, arranged and electrically
interconnected in a geographical manner. Also
see free-wired interlocking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

geographical panel

Control panel reproducing schematically the


position of the tracks and the aspects of signals
etc., with their respective control switches or
buttons.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

give up seat

A person must vacate a seat which is


designated for elderly or disabled passengers
on a rail or road vehicle if asked to do so by an
authorised person. The holder of a student
concession ticket must vacate a seat on a rail or
road vehicle on which there are no empty seats
if asked to do so by an authorised person.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

glued insulated joint

An insulated rail joint in which the rails,


fishplates and components are glued.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gold flashed contact

Contact surfaces treated with a thin film of gold RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
to provide a reliable, low resistance, clean
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
electrical contact, particularly in low voltage
circuits.

goods line

A running line that is not required to be


signalled to the standard required for passenger
trains.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

GPL

Abbreviated term for ground position light


signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

grabrail

A short rail that is generally placed in a


horizontal or vertical orientation to steady or
assist a person carrying out a movement or
action.

AS7522

grade

The rate of slope of the surface of the track in


the direction of its length.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

grade control device

A wagon fitting which slows the release of the


brakes. It has three positions: EX for exhaust
which means the brakes are operating
normally, IP which is an intermediate delay
position and HP which is maximum delay.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gradeseparation

The crossing of a track by another track,


roadway or pedestrian pathway by an
underbridge or overbridge, rather than crossing
at the same elevation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

gradient

A measure of the rate at which the railway is


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
inclined (rising or falling). Gradients are
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
signed +ve (rising) or ve (falling) in respect of 2004.
the direction of travel.

grading rings

Buried earth electrode system which encircles


the structure to be protected. The purpose of
the grading ring is to prevent the rise of
hazardous step and touch voltage potentials.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

green (aspect)

Displayed by a colour light signal, indicates to

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802

50

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

the driver that, in three or four aspect


signalling, the next signal will be displaying a
proceed aspect. Also see two position / two
aspect signalling.

Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April


2004.

green card

See defect card.

groove

The flangeway gap between the running edge


and check of a tramway rail, crossing or
installation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

groove, deep (crossing


design)

Crossingwork design with a sufficiently deep


flangeway depth which ensures wheel tread
contact with the running surface in the wheel
transfer area.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

groove,

Crossingwork design with a shallow flangeway CMC 'Glossary for

shallow

depth which provides for wheel flange bearing


and

NCOP and Dictionary

(crossing

thus no contact of the wheel tread with the


normal

of Railway

design)

running surface.

Terminology'.

gross mass

Nominal total mass of rolling stock including


maximum payload, provisioning, maximum
service capacity of crew and passengers and
wheels at nominal new diameter.

AS7508 AS7514

gross tonne kilometre

Gross tonne kilometres is a measure calculated


by multiplying the gross weight of a train (ie
the weight of the locomotives and wagons plus
the payload) by the distance travelled.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ground fault detector

A detector similar to a slip detector but


installed vertically to detect vertical
displacement of the ground, including ground
heave due to related ground movement.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

ground frame

A small track side interlocking machine used


for manual points operation at yards, sidings,
crossovers and loops.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ground position light


signal (GPL)

A position light signal mounted at ground level. UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

ground shunt signal

A shunting signal mounted at ground level.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

ground switch panel

A ground frame which uses only switches


and/or buttons as operating devices.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

GSM-R

Global system for mobile communications railways.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

guaranteed power
supply

See secure power supply.

guard

A qualified worker on a passenger train who


carries out safeworking duties and is
responsible for the safety and supervision of
passengers. Where required, the guard assists
the driver in the management of the train and
its associated equipment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

guard edge

The side of the guard rail head which makes


contact with the backs of the wheels.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

guard rail

A rail (inside or outside the running rail) used


to restrain lateral movement of a derailed
wheelset. Used to protect structures or control
the lateral movement of the wheelset on
bridges or in other higher risk situations.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

51

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

guardrail

A rail or series of rails acting as an obstacle or


barrier to a person falling from an elevated
position, or to moving to a position of danger.
A guardrail may also serve as a single or
multiple handrail.

AS7522

guards indicator

A lunar white light in a case inscribed guards RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
indicator provided on the platform which,
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
when illuminated, indicates to the guard of a
train that the signal at the departure end of the
platform is showing a proceed indication. The
guard would not give the right away signal to
the driver to depart until there is an indication
that the platform exit signal is clear.

guards keys

Interlocking keys, with bow handles, for


securing interlocking frames at intermediate
sidings on double lines.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

HABD

Abbreviated term for hot axle box detector.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

hand (points)

Term used to denote the turnout direction of


points.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hand brake

A mechanical device used to secure a rail


vehicle against movement. Can also include
spring parking brakes.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hand points

Points not interlocked and worked manually by


an independent lever adjacent to the points.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

hand signal

A signal given by hand movements, with or


without a flag or light. To give a signal by
hand.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

handhold

A locally placed support at a change of level or


direction, or where people are required to stand
or wait, to stabilize themselves against the
motion of the train.

AS7522

handrail

A rail which runs parallel to the access path


and assists movement by allowing the hand to
slide over the top, while providing support to
the person, and allowing for a sudden gripping
action if needed.

AS7522

hardened rail

Rolled rail that has been head-hardened or full


section hardened by in-line or off-line
processes.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hardening process

The procedure of increasing the hardness of rail CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
or other material to improve wear
Railway Terminology'.
characteristics. Commonly employed processes
for rails are heat treatment and work hardening.

haul

To move rail traffic using a motive power


source at the leading end.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hazard

A source or a situation with a potential to harm


someone (injury or illness) or damage property
or the environment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hazard and operability


study (HAZOP)

A structured study to identify all deviations


from design intent with undesirable effects on
safety or operability.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

hazard identification

The process of recognising that a hazard exists


and defining its characteristics.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

HAZID

Abbreviated term for hazard identification.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

52

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

HAZOP

Abbreviated term for hazard and operability


study.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

head

That part of the rail which provides a running


and guiding surface for the wheel. Also
referred to as ball.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

head- hardened rail

Rolled rail in which the head has a hardened


zone extending inwards from its top and side
surfaces.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

headlamp

Lamp that forms part of a headlight.

AS7531

headlight

Main bright light(s) on the front of rolling


stock.

AS7531

heads level (points)

The position on a half set of points at which


both the switch and stock rail top running
surfaces are at the same level. It corresponds to
the commencement of switch head top
machining.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

headway

The distance or time between two or more


trains needing to use the same section of the
track, either in the same or opposite directions.

heat number

Markings on the centreline of the web of the


rail in depressed numerals and letters. It
indicates the cast, ingot and portion of ingot
from which the rail was made. The heat
number is repeated several times on a standard
rail length and is on the opposite side of the
web from the Rolling Brand. Quality assurance
records include the rail Heat Number and
permit the chemistry of the rail to be traced.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

heat treatment

A heating and quenching process used to


increase the hardness of rails or steel
components. The most common processes are
furnace heating and oil/water quenching and
flame heating and air quenching.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

heavy haul

The term for transportation by rail of bulk


commodities.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

heavy track equipment

Track maintenance machines or items of


equipment which under normal conditions
cannot be removed from the track manually by
two workers. A road- rail vehicle that can only
be removed from track at locations such as
level crossings or machinery used where
thermit welding is undertaken is regarded as
heavy track equipment.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

heel

The end of points about which the switch


pivots.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

heel block

The block at the heel end of points about which CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
the switch pivots.
Railway Terminology'.

heel less points

See 'fixed heel points'.

heelmechanism

The mechanism which provides support


pivoting at the heel of a tramway switch.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

helper engines

A locomotive not assigned to a train for the


whole journey. These units are normally
marshalled in with the power consist under the
control of the train crew but may, at times, be
utilised as manned helpers at the rear, or
anywhere within the train consist, to assist in
moving a train over a ruling grade.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

heritage rolling stock

Rolling stock preserved or restored for its


historical value.

AS75xx series

53

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

high risk failure

A wrong side failure where no other part of the


signalling system provides protection. Also
known as an unprotected wrong side failure.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

high voltage impulse


track circuit

A track circuit fed by high voltage pulses of


particular shape and size which are recognised
by a receiver and special track relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

high-rail vehicle

A vehicle that is capable of running on both


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
road and rail. Often these are standard road
Railway Terminology'.
vehicles that have a pair of flanged rail wheels
on the front and rear. Generally the vehicle
accesses the rail via a level crossing, lowers the
rail wheels onto the rails which will guide the
vehicle without the need to steer, and is
propelled by the road wheels that are in contact
with the rails. High-rail equipment is fitted to
inspection, personnel carrying vehicles and
some track construction and maintenance
machines.

high-wide load detector

A device capable of detecting excessive heights RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
or widths on a passing train with respect to
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
accepted track structure clearances.

hold clear

A term used to designate a device for holding a


signal in any position other than its most
restrictive.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

holding test

An air brake examination to check that the


brakes on the last three vehicles of a train will
remain applied for a predetermined time in the
event of a break-away.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

holding track

A track where vehicles are held, within a


terminal, awaiting allocation orders.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

home signal or starting


signal

A controlled signal which directly protects


points, level crossings, or other permanent
risks. When cleared, this signal also gives the
driver authority to enter the section provided
that, where required, the driver is in possession
of the authority for the section.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

hood

A cover placed above individual aspects of a


colour light signal or route indicator to reduce
phantom aspects due to sunlight. Where
necessary, long hoods may be used.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

hopper wagon (or


hopper car)

A wagon with the floor and/or walls sloping


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
from the sides and ends to one or more
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
discharge points or hoppers. Hopper wagons
Terminology'.
may have open or covered tops and incorporate
one or more of: (a) bottom doors (sliding or
swing) for gravity discharge; (b) equipment for
pneumatic pressure discharge; (c) equipment
for vacuum discharge.

horizontal alignment

See alignment.

horsepower

A unit of measurement to gauge the output of a


locomotive that is then used to calculate the
tonnage of loading that the locomotive can pull
over a particular section of track. Now referred
to in kilowatts.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hot axlebox detector


(HABD)

Wayside or train mounted system used to


detect suspected defective axle bearings that
are abnormally hot.

AS7516

hot box

An overheated axle bearing on either a


locomotive or wagon.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

hot standby

Form of redundancy in which the spare or


secondary equipment is continuously operating

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

54

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

and generating output simultaneously with the


primary equipment. Results in no discernible
interruption to system function on failure of the
primary unit.
hot strip (in signal lens)

Popular name for 'close viewing sector'.

hot wheel detector

A device capable of detecting abnormal heating RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
in wheels on passing trains.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

housed switch

A point switch which has a guide placed


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
alongside it (and over it when in the open
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
position), the purpose of which is to hold wheel
flanges away from the tip of the opposite
switch and/or away from a joggle in the
stockrail (See Stockrail, Joggled).

HREOC

Abbreviated term for Human Rights and Equal AS7522.3


Opportunity Commission.

huck bolts

Trade name for swage lock fastenings.

human factors

The scientific discipline that is concerned with AS 4292.1-2006


the application of information about human
characteristics, capacities, and limitations to the
design of human tasks, machines, machine
systems, and environments.

hunting

Uncontrolled and undesirable cyclic lateral and


yaw displacements of the wheelsets of a
vehicle, generally worsening with increasing
speed.

hydro- pneumatic points Alternative term for train operated points.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

AS7509

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

I
IBJ

Abbreviated term for insulated block joint.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

IECC

Abbreviated term for integrated electronic


control centre.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

IFS

Abbreviated term for individual function


switch.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

illegal signal indication

A signal indication that is inconsistent with the


signal aspects and indications used on the
network, or the indications of adjoining signals
and the known condition of the line, or what is
known about occupancy of the line.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

illuminated

The internal or external illumination of


signalling equipment.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

illuminated diagram

A signal-box diagram giving, by means of


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
illumination, automatic indications of the
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
occupancy or otherwise of the tracks within the 2004.
controlled and/or adjoining areas. It may also
include the automatic indication of the signal
aspects and/or positions and the positions of
points, etc.

ILWS

Abbreviated term for inductive loop warning


system.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

impact analysis

Process for analysing where the specifics of a

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

55

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

proposed change impact on rail safety taking


into account the accredited rail organisations
risk register, safety performance and
accident/incident register.

Railway Terminology'.

impedence bond

A trackside mounted device, connected across


running rails, which will allow a free flow of
traction current between traction return rails
and provide a connection for earthing the
traction return rails and rail side structures
without introducing any imbalance in the
signalling track circuits. impedance bond,
neutral leads: Cables connecting the mid-point
of an impedance bond in one track circuit to the
mid-point of an impedance bond on the
adjoining track circuit or to the traction rail of
an adjoining single rail track circuit.impedance
bond, side leads: Cables each side of the
impedance bond connecting the bond to the
adjacent rails of the track circuit.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.
UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

in a face (or on a face)

Refers to the method of working, or track


replacement, forward continuously from one
point to another.

PTC Infrastructure Standard NG-TE-STD- 2101


Ver. 1.0.

in advance

A position along the line ahead of a given


position, when facing the direction a train
travels on the line. The area through which a
train travels after passing a given position.
Alternative term for beyond.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

in clear

A train is 'in clear' when it is within the


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
clearance point boards for crossing purposes, or Railway Terminology'.
when the entire train is within station
protection and is not foul of an adjacent track.

in rear

A position along the line behind a given


position, when facing the direction a train
travels on the line. The area through which a
train has travelled before reaching a given
position. Alternative term for approach to.

in-bearer points
mechanism

An arrangement of points in which the drive


Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of
and detection connectons are located within
Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.
purpose- built hollow bearers, rather than in the
spaces between bearers. The drive mechanism
and detector may also be housed in the bearers.

inching movement

A brief train movement used by drivers to warn CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
others that the train is about to move.
Railway Terminology'.

incident

See Model Rail Safety Bill for definition.

incident reporting
system

The computer database system for recording


and responding to incidents.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

incident response coordinator

The person or persons nominated by a rail


organisation to provide 24 hour, 7 day point of
contact and to provide incident response
initiation within that organisation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

independent position
light signal

A position light signal not associated with a


main signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

independent switches

Points with each point switch of the pair of


point switches separately and independently
interlocked and controlled.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

indication lock

An electric lock connected to a mechanical


lever of an interlocking machine to prevent the
full movement and release of interlocking by
the lever until the signals, points or other units
operated, or directly affected by such lever, are

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

56

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 and UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

in the proper position.


indicator

A device used to convey information, usually


visually. lineside indicator: A visual display
device at or near the lineside that provides
information relating to the operation of a train.
An indicator may be provided in conjunction
with a signal to qualify or amplify the
instruction conveyed by the signal. signal box
indicator: A visual device which displays the
position or condition of an item of signalling
equipment.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

indirect interlocking

Interlocking between two movable parts not


effected directly in the system constituted by
these two parts, but existing nevertheless by
reason of the presence of direct interlocking
between the parts in question and another part
external to that system.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

indirect opposing route


locking

Two complete routes that are conflicting in that UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
they require at least one set of points in a
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
different position. However, cancellation of
2004.
one route with a train part way through the
route releases the locking on these points
which, when they become free, create the
conditions for direct opposing locking to be set.
Indirect opposing locking is applied to prevent
the setting of the route that has become
opposing.

individual wheel L/V

The ratio of the lateral force to the vertical


force between the wheel and rail on any
individual wheel that is used as a measure for
the likelihood of a vehicle to derail by flange
climbing.

AS7509

infrastructure

See civil infrastructure, electrical


infrastructure or signalling and
telecommunications infrastructure.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

infrastructure
maintenance rolling
stock

Track machines and road-rail vehicles. Also


known as on track vehicles.

AS75xx series series

inhibit

To avoid/suppress the initiation of a driver


supervisory system brake application.
Suppression is a term that is also commonly
used for this function.

AS7511

insert (sleeper)

One or more of the fastening components that


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
is cast in the sleeper at the time of manufacture. Railway Terminology'.

in-sleeper point machine A hollow steel sleeper containing the drive and
lock mechanism (usually claw lock, pawl lock
or similar) and the detection connections. The
sleeper may also contain the operating
mechanism and detector or these may be
attached to the end of the sleeper. Also see inbearer point machine.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

instrumented wheelset

An item of test equipment which includes a


wheelset equipped with strain gauges and
processing electronics such that the lateral and
vertical forces between each wheel and rail can
be measured while the rolling stock is in
motion.

AS7509

insulated block joint

A joint in which electrical insulation is


provided between adjoining rails. Assembled
from insulating end posts, ferrules and side
pieces or manufactured as a glued insulated
joint.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

57

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

insulated joint

Special fishplate joint ensuring insulation of a


rail with respect to the adjacent rail.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

insulated overlap span

An overlap span arranged with insulation


between the two sections of overhead line
equipment so that by the opening of an isolator
or by the removal of connections, one section
may be electrically separated from the other.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

insulated rail

The rail of a single rail track circuit that is


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
fitted with insulated rail joints to electrically
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
separate the sections. Also known as the signal 2004.
rail.

insulated rail joint (IRJ)

A rail joint manufactured from components and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
assembled such that the joined rails are
Railway Terminology'.
electrically insulated from each other.

insulated section

Stretch of track one or each rail of which is


insulated.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

insulated track rails

A section of rails of line insulated electrically


at the ends of each section, also insulated
against the other rail of the same track. An
insulated section may be confined to only one
rail.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

insulating ferrule

In insulated joints with metal fishplates,


ferrules provided to insulate the fishbolts.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

insulating side plate

In insulated joints with metal fishplates, plate


provided to insulate the fishplate.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

insulation channel

A preformed channel manufactured from


insulating material which is installed between
the rails and fishplates to provide electrical
isolation between the fish plates and rails at
insulated joints.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

insulation end

The insulating material of similar cross section


to

CMC 'Glossary for

post

rail which is installed between rail ends to


provide

NCOP and Dictionary

electrical isolation between one rail and the


other

of Railway

at an insulated joint.

Terminology'.

insulation ferrule

A tube manufactured from insulating material


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
which is fitted to a fastener to provide electrical Railway Terminology'.
isolation between the fastener and the rails and
or fish plates at an insulated joint.

insulation resistance

The electrical resistance offered by the


insulation on any current-carrying part or
conductor.

insulation test

This is a test of the resistance of the insulation RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
between an electrical circuit conductor and
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
'earth or directly between the conductors of
two separate electrical circuits. The test is made
at a specified voltage which is high compared
to the circuit voltage.

intact

A train is 'intact' when all the vehicles are


coupled together and the lead locomotive and
the last vehicle are displaying the correct
signals.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

integrated
electroniccontrol centre

A computerised signalling control centre that


usually incorporates SSI and ARS. Signalling

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

58

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

(IECC)

indications, train descriptions and other


information are displayed on VDUs, and routes
are set by tracker ball, keyboard or
automatically by ARS.

2004.

interfacecoordination
plan

See Model Rail Safety Bill for definition.

interim accreditation

See temporary accreditation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

interlinking

Box-to-box controls to ensure enforcement of


electrical sequential locking, proving of home
and distant on and berth clear before
transmitting line clear and the acceptance of
second train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

interlock (or
interlocking)

Interaction of equipment controlling points


and/or signals designed so that no conflicting
movements can be signalled.

interlocked points

A set or series of points the control of which is


interlocked with other functions of the
interlocking.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

interlockingautomatic
coupler

An automatic coupler with a different profile


on the coupler head to prevent over-riding
and/or telescoping in the event of collision.

AS7524.2

interlocking frame

An alternative term for lever frame.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

interlocking key

A means of obtaining the effect of interlocking


by the release and transfer of a captive key and
without the physical connection between the
items of equipment concerned.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

intermediate block home A signal controlling the exit from an


intermediate block section.
signal

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

intermediate block
section

A train detected portion of line between the


section signal and the intermediate block home
signal, both of which are operated from the
same signal box. The intermediate block
section is situated between adjacent signal
boxes so as to improve overall headway.

intermediateelectric
train staff instrument

Provided at junctions and sidings within an


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
electric train staff section to restore the staff
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
instruments at each end of the section to phase
when a train has been admitted to the branch
line or stored in a siding. The intermediate
electric train staff instrument also allows a train
to enter an electric train staff section from a
branch line or siding.

intermediate siding

A siding in a section provided for purposes


other than crossing or passing of trains.

intermediate
tokeninstrument

A mid section token instrument, usually located UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
at a ground frame and associated with shutting- Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
in facilities.
2004.

intermediate vehicle (or


intermediate car)

A passenger vehicle without a drivers


compartment and not intended or equipped to
operate as the lead vehicle in a MUC or MCS
consist. Intermediate vehicles may be powered
or non- powered.

intermodal traffic

Freight moving via at least two different modes CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
of transport, eg rail to road, rail to sea etc. Used Railway Terminology'.
to describe freight in modules which can be
transported by more than one mode (rail, road,
sea or air). The usual form of intermodal

59

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

freight is containerised freight, which has


proven to be the most convenient to transfer
between modes. Because of this the terms
intermodal and containerised are often
interchanged.
interoperabilit y

A term used to mean the possibility of


uninterrupted movement of trains from
differing countries (states) across international
(state) borders.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

interrupter (track
circuit)

Device designed to break the feed current to a


track circuit in certain cases (derailment of a
train at catch points, etc).

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

intersection of heads
(points or crossings)

The position on crossingwork at which the


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
inside of the rail head, at full section, contacts
Railway Terminology'.
the running edge of the other rail head. It
corresponds to the commencement of head side
machining.

intersection point (IP)

The intersection point of the centre lines of two CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
tracks, tangent from the crossing.
Railway Terminology'.

InterstateStandard
Gauge Network

Standard gauge track, mostly under control of


ARTC, connecting the mainland Australian
state capital cities.

interstate system

Any railway system or part of a railway


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
system, designated by its owner as a route to be 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
used for movement of interstate traffic.
Terminology'.

IPITC

Abbreviation for intelligent processor island


track circuit.

AS7505

IRJ

Abbreviated term for insulated rail joint.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

irregular incident

An occurrence on a railway or tramway system


that is not an accident but involves a breach of
the operating rules or procedures of the system.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

irregular signal
indications

A signal which is displaying a non-valid


indication, e.g. a colour light signal which is
displaying no light or an irregular combination
of colour lights or irregular flashing lights, or a
semaphore signal with an abnormal signal arm
indication which in combination with other
failures may bring the system to an unsafe
condition.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

isolated

Disconnected from all possible sources of


electricity supply by means of visible breaks or
length of insulation of value appropriate to the
voltage.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

isolation

The disengagement of a system by an


authorised procedure either for maintenance
purposes or to enable the rolling stock to
continue to operate under special conditions
when the device has failed.

AS7511

isolationprotection

Measures to prevent the energisation of


isolated/de-energised overhead line equipment
by the passage of pantographs.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ITSRR

Abbreviated term for 'Independent Transport &


Reliability Regulator' (NSW).

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

JIS

Abbreviation for Japanese Industrial


Standards.

AS7519

joint (rail)

The location where two rails or trackwork


components are connected.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

AS75xx series series standards

60

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

joint hopping

Where fast-moving short vehicles pass from


one track circuit to the next, the difference
between the pick-up and drop-away times can
cause the vehicle to momentarily be
undetected. Also called block skip.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

jointoccupancy: trainobstruction

Allows, under defined conditions, a train and a CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
track obstruction to occupy a track section
Railway Terminology'.
concurrently either under planned
circumstances(e.g. track maintenance works) or
in an emergency (e.g. clearance of an
accidental track obstruction).

jointoccupancy: traintrain

Allows, under defined conditions, two or more


trains to occupy a section of track concurrently
either under planned circumstances (e.g. main
line shunting) or in an emergency (e.g.
recovery of a disabled train).

jointless track circuit


(JTC)

A track circuit which does not require insulated UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
rail joints at its extremities. The extremities are Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
defined by the use of electrically tuned zones.
2004.

JTC

Abbreviated term for jointless track circuit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

jumbo

Jumbo refers to container height and


specifically to those containers which are over
2.7m or 9ft in height.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

jumper

A length of conductor provided with clamps for CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
use as a temporary electrical connection to
Railway Terminology'.
bridge across a gap, for example, in a pipe,
running rail, cable sheath, and catenary system.
And: An interconnecting cable between
vehicles in a train to provide electrical
continuity.

junction indicator

An Indicator provided at a junction signal to


inform the driver which way a junction is set,
by means of a line of white lights. See route
indicator and position light junction
indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

junction joint

The connecting joint of rails of differing rail


sections.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

junction repeater signal

A junction repeater is displayed at the signal in


rear of the signal at the junction, when that
signal is cleared, to inform the driver which
way the junction is set. It consists of five lunar
white lights inclined towards the direction the
route ahead is set. Generally used to provide
drivers of heavy freight trains with advance
information that a route through a high speed
turnout is clear. This is different from turnout
repeater.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

junction signal

A signal protecting facing points over which


more than one main route is available. In
colour light signalled areas, the term junction
signal also applies where there are facing
points ahead of the signal and the straightahead route is not a main signalled route,
although it might appear to a driver to be an
available route.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

junction weld

A weld used to join two rails of differing


sections.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

just culture

An occurrence investigation environment


which acknowledges human error and
encourages honest reporting of errors whilst

AS 4292.1-2006

61

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

establishing clear accountability for errors.

K
K crossing

See crossing.

key

See insulation end post.

key locking

The locking is transmitted from the


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
interlocking frame (or equivalent) to the
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
signalling function to be released by means of a 2004.
key. It can be applied to ground frame points or
level crossings.

key staff

A train staff or electric staff with a key fitted


permanently at one end. This key operates an
annett lock.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

key switch

Special type of switch which may only be


actuated by means of a special type of key.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

key token

A type of token normally used for electric


token block.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

kilometrelocation

The distance in kilometres from a set point,


used to identify a specific place in a section.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

kinematic outline

A two-dimensional cross-section of the shape


AS7507
of a vehicle that consists of the static outline
plus the maximum permitted allowance for
vertical bounce upwards plus lateral and roll
movements in response to a steady-state cant
deficiency force at maximum permitted cant
deficiency (or the maximum permitted installed
cant) and dynamic movements in response to
track irregularity.

king lever

A lever which when operated alters the


Interlocking between other levers. It is usually
provided for the purpose of switching out a
signal box.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

kink

A non-intentional permanent sharp bend or


curve in a rail. A kink indicates a defect.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

knee (crossing)

The central or narrowest part of a fabricated


vee crossing at the set of wing rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

knuckle (rolling stock)

The pivoting casting that fits into the coupling


head and rotates about a vertical pin to either
the open position (to engage a mating coupler)
or to the closed position (when fully engaged).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

knuckle (track)

The central or narrowest part of a fabricated K


crossing at the set of wing rails. It corresponds
to the centre position between the noses of the
crossing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ladder junction

A sequence of points on a multi-track route


arranged as a series of crossovers.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lamp proving

A system that ensures the required lamp(s) are


lit, for example, by measuring the current
drawn by the lamp(s).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lamp repeater

Repeater, the indications of which are given by


lamps which are either lit or extinguished.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

landmark

Provided instead of a distant signal at places


where it is necessary, in all cases, for trains to

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

62

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

approach with caution.


last wheel replacement

A control applied to a signal which replaces it


to its most restrictive aspect only after the
whole train has passed that signal. Also see
first wheel replacement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lateral

The direction across the track, parallel to the


line joining the top of the rail heads.

RISSB Roll standard Roll 08-1

lateral track shifting


force

The lateral force exerted by each wheelset,


tending to shift the rails and sleepers laterally
in the ballast.

AS7508

lateral wheel to rail


force

The lateral force between an individual wheel


and the rail including components at the wheel
tread and/or flange, depending on the contact
conditions.

AS7508

lead investigator

A person appointed by the responsible


authority, who is charged with the
responsibility for the organisation, conduct and
control of the investigation and for the
production of the final investigation report,
generally referred to in this Standard as 'the
investigator'.

AS 4292.7-2006

lead rail

The rail in a crossingwork assembly between


the heel of a set of points and the adjoining
crossing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

leaky co-axial cable

A special co-axial cable which radiates radio


transmission signals continuously along its
length.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

LED Signal

Abbreviated term for light emitting diode


signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

left behinds

A left behind container is a container booked


on a particular service that does not ultimately
travel on the service it was booked on.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

less than container load


(LCL)

Many freight forwarders consolidate


consignments which are less than a full
container load into full containers for transport
by rail. (Historical usage was 'less than car
load'.)

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

level crossing

A location where the railway line and a road or


pedestrian walkway cross paths on the same
level. open level crossing: A public level
crossing which provides unrestricted access for
vehicles and pedestrians to cross the line and
which is protected only by warning
signs. private level crossing: A level crossing
which provides access for vehicles and
pedestrians to cross the line to private property
and which is protected by swing gates or cattle
grids.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009. RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

level crossing accident

A collision involving a train with either a road


vehicle or a person at a level crossing,
including a pedestrian crossing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

level crossing test

This is an operational test of level crossing


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
control circuits to check for adequate protection Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
time, time of operation, etc. The checks are
made by comparison with track plans, control
tables etc.

lever (or switch) plate

An identification plate fixed to a lever (or


adjacent to a switch), describing the lever /
switch function together with the order of
pulling details. Also known as pull plate,

63

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

lever lead, tablet or badge.


lever (worked to
maintain locking)

A lever not controlling any signalling function


but remaining connected to the mechanical
locking. It is not considered to be a spare lever.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lever bands

Contacts housed in a circuit controller that is


associated with a lever.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lever frame

A frame in which the levers working signals


and points in an area are mounted together and
interlocked as required by the layout.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lever lead

Alternative term for lever (or switch) plate.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lever lock

An electro-mechanical mechanism fitted to


hold (and release) the lever in a predetermined
position. May be combined with a circuit
controller.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lever rod

The rod connecting the point lever and crank.

PTC Infrastructure Standard NG-TE-STD- 2101


Ver. 1.0.

lever sleeve

Piece of equipment placed over a lever as a


blocking facility to physically prevent it from
being operated.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

lever stick

A circuit in track circuited areas, which insures RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
that a signal lever is returned by the signaller to Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
the normal or normal indication position after
each train movement before the signal can be
again cleared.

lift (container)

A lift is the picking up and placing of a


container either on or off a wagon.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

lift (track)

To raise and pack the track to the required


design level.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

lifting bar

When this type of bar is operated, it rises to rail RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
surface level and falls again once it is in
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
position. If a train is passing over the bar, the
wheels prevent the bar from lifting and
consequently prevent the associated points
from being unlocked or operated.

light emitting diode


(LED) signal

A colour light signal that uses light emitting


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
diode technology in place of incandescent
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
lamps and coloured filters. LED signals can
2004.
be arranged to combine the Red, Yellow and
Green Aspects into one aperture to generate the
appropriate aspect.

light engine

See light locomotive.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

light in colour light


aspect

Luminous indication constituting the whole or


part of a signal.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

light locomotive

One or more locomotives coupled without


vehicles.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

light rail network

A passenger-carrying railway system operating


with trams or other similar shorter length,
lower speed and lower axle-load self-propelled
vehicles. Typically used in urban areas and
often having a shared right-of-way with road
traffic.

AS75xx series series

light rail stop

Any place designated for the picking up or


setting down of passengers on a light rail route.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

light rail vehicle

A vehicle used on a light rail system.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

64

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

light signals

Display coloured lights during day and night.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

light track equipment

Any small track maintenance machine or item


of equipment that, under normal conditions,
can be removed from the track by two workers.
A lightly loaded road-rail vehicle that can be
safely removed from the track may be regarded
as light track equipment.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

light unit

Assembly inside a sealed casing of all the parts


(lamp, optical apparatus, coloured glass,
terminals etc) necessary to exhibit a lights
aspect.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

limit of authority

A physical track location to which a train can


be given an authority to proceed. It may be a
sign or a signal capable of displaying a stop
indication or a specific kilometre location.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

limit of shunt board

A notice board on a running line indicating a


point beyond which shunting movements must
not be made.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

limit of shunt indicator


(LOS)

A special type of position light signal or sign to UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
terminate a shunting movement along a line in Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
the wrong direction.
2004.

line

Horizontal alignment of the rails. Line is


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
generally measured using the offset at a defined Railway Terminology'.
point along a chord of defined length. For
vertical alignment see top.

line blocked (LB)

The normal state of a block section when no


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
permission has been given for a train to enter it. Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

line capacity

For a given section of line, the practical


maximum number of trains per hour permitted
by the signalling system.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

line clear (LC)

The state of the block section after a train has


been accepted but before it has entered the
block section.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

line clear release

The signaller can only pull the lever for the


section signal if line clear is obtained from the
box ahead. The lever is released either for one
pull or one train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

line haul

The term used to describe the movement of


trains outside of terminals and yards with
shunting employees.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

line pole

The poles in an overhead line route which carry RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
the cross-arms supporting the line wires or
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
cables.

line relay

A relay receiving its operating energy through


conductors of which the track rails form no
part.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

line wires

Electrical circuit single conductor wires or


cables erected on an overhead line route.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

lining

The process of establishing the track to the


design vertical and horizontal alignment for
tangents and curves.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

lit

The internal illumination of signalling


equipment.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

livery

Rolling stock exterior colour scheme and


markings.

AS7531

livestockincident

Incident involving an animal(s) large enough to AS 4292.1. CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and
damage a vehicle struck by train on track or in Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

65

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

vicinity of track.
loading / unloading
indicators

Indicators that relay movement instructions to


drivers when controlling trains in sidings. Also
known as toton or creep signals.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

loading gauge

The device used to ascertain whether a load on


a vehicle exceeds any height or width
restrictions imposed over the line on which the
loading is to travel. This is necessary because
of clearances of structures, overhead bridges
and tunnels, etc. Smaller than the structure
gauge.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

loading outline

An outline drawing or specification that


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
describes the maximum permissible dimensions Railway Terminology'.
and shape of loading for transit over a
nominated route.

local control panel

An interlocking machine that may be switched


to and from local control, but is capable of
being switched to remote control.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

local earth

Portable appliance for establishing electrical


connection between de-energised overhead
traction wiring equipment and traction earth.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

locallycontrolled station

A block station where the switches and signals


are controlled from a panel in the station
building, or interlocking frame in a signal
cabin, at the block station.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

location

The designated name used to describe a place


on the railway.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

location (cases)

One or more signalling lineside apparatus


housings at a particular site and the equipment
contained therein.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

location ahead sign

A sign marking the approach to a location and


the location's recognition by its designated
name.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

lock circuit controller

Electric circuit controller, the position of which International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


depends on that of the point lock.
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

lock drop contact

A proving contact fitted to a gravity operated


electric lock. The contact is closed when the
lock is in its locking position.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

lock proving

Checking the position of a point lock.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

lock rod

A bar or rod connecting the point switches to


which the facing point lock is attached or on
which the facing point lock operates. Usually
placed as close as possible to the tip of the
switch.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

lock slide

The part of the clamp lock point mechanism


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
which unlocks, moves and relocks the switches. Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lock spike

See springspike.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

lock stretcher

A stretcher bar that is secured by a facing point


lock.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

locked

The state of any signalling function or item of


equipment when it is conditionally or
unconditionally prevented from changing state
or position by other parts of the signalling

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

66

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

system.
locking bar

A fouling bar, provided for mechanically


worked facing points, that acts in conjunction
with the facing point lock, preventing the
unlocking of the points during the passage of a
train. It has generally been superseded by more
modern forms of train detection.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

locking chart

A drawing showing in graphical form, the


layout of mechanical locking for a lever frame.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

locking dog

A steel block attached to a locking bar or tappet RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
of an interlocking machine, by means of which Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
locking between levers is accomplished.

locking level

The interlocking level where controls between


signalling functions are required to be satisfied
before a route can be set.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

locking level release

Controls that are required to be satisfied before


the locking on a route or a section of a route is
released. Controls on conflicting routes are
released by the train clearing track sections. If
required, controls on opposing routes are
released by the train timed to a stand on an
appropriate track section. Also see route
locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lockout

A system which allows a person requiring


access to the track to provide personal
protection by restricting or preventing the
signalling of trains.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

locomotive

Self-propelled, non-passenger-carrying railway


vehicles used for hauling or propelling other
(typically freight or passenger) rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

locomotive rolling stock

See locomotive.

AS75xx series series

long route

A route combining one or more other routes.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

long section token

A type of token covering more than one single


line section, usually in radio electronic token
block areas.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

long train

A freight train of 800m or more in length.

AS7519.2

long welded rail

Track where the rail is welded into lengths


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
between 110 m and 300 m, with the rail lengths 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
joined by fishplated joints. Some thermal
Terminology'.
expansion is provided for at the joints.

lookout (site lookout)

A qualified and competent worker who will


remain in close proximity to workers who
require lookout protection and will warn
workers of the approach of a train/on-track
vehicle in ample time to make sure workers
and/or equipment are moved to a position of
safety.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

loop

See balloon loop, crossing loop or refuge


loop.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

LOS

Abbreviated term for limit of shunt indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

louvre car (or


louvre wagon)

A box wagon in which the wall panels include


louvres or similar devices for ventilation.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

low risk failure

A wrong side failure where another part of the


signalling system provides an acceptable level

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

67

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

of protection. Also known as a protected


wrong side failure.

2004.

low speed

A speed, which will enable a train movement to COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
be stopped within half the distance the line is
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
seen to be clear ahead, which does not exceed
Terminology'.
25 km/h.

low speed (indication)


signal

A signal indication consisting of a small green RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
light fixed below the stop indication on a
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
running signal. The low speed indication is
provided to facilitate working where closer
headway is desired for following trains and
permits a train to approach and pass the signal
at a restricted speed, usually 25 kph in trainstop
fitted areas. Used also at crossing loops in
single line areas where overlaps for crossing
moves are minimal.

low visibility

Visibility restricted by fog, mist, rain, dust,


snow, low light or other similar cause.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

lower quadrant

A term applied to a semaphore signal whose


clear position is designated by the arm below
horizontal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

lunar white

One of the standard colours used in railway


signalling established by specification for
roundels, lenses, association of American
railroads (aar) manual, namely, red, yellow,
green, lunar white for roundels, lenses. Lunar
white is white with a blue tinge.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

magnetic latch relay

A relay, the armature of which remains at full


stroke in its last energised position when its
control circuit is opened.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

main (route class)

Route from one main signal to the next that


allows running movements. It requires the
section and overlap to be clear.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

main arm

An arm of a semaphore main signal controlling


a running movement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

main aspect

An aspect displayed by a colour light or


semaphore signal controlling a running
movement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

main cable

A twin or multicore lineside cable carrying


signalling functions or power supplies between
apparatus cases or equipment rooms.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

main line

The line normally used for running trains


through and between locations.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

main line indicator

Wayside Indicators provided in train order


working territory to indicate to a driver
travelling on the authority of train order, that
the interlocking equipment, such as points and
level crossings, are set for the train to proceed.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

main signal

A colour light signal capable of displaying a


main aspect or a semaphore distant or stop
signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

maintained locking

An alternative to the term route locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

maintainers panel

An indication panel that repeats the indications


sent to the Signaller and allows the maintainer
to monitor the state of the interlocking. It

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

68

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

generally contains additional fault condition


indications.
maintainersterminal

This commonly consists of a VDU, keyboard


and printer, and is used to obtain essential fault
diagnostic information.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

maintenanceprovider

An organisation contracted to perform


maintenance on infrastructure or rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

maintenancereleases

A releasing switch provided on bi-directionally


signalled double lines to enable maintenance
staff to block the section for signalling
movements in the reverse direction.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

major accident

An occurrence that has been classified as a


major emergency, requiring a sustained
response by emergency service personnel, e.g.:
a collision or major derailment involving a
passenger or freight train which results in
multiple deaths/injuries and response by
emergency service personnel.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

major derailment

All derailments exceeding the limits defining


minor derailment.

AS7516

male half (crossing)

See scarf rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

manifest

A complete list of the units (containers) being


carried by a service on a given date, itemised
by the wagons on which they are being carried.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

manual block working

A method of special working which ensures


sole occupancy by manually maintaining the
block behind a rail traffic movement.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

mark off

Identify wagon with a mechanical defect.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

marker light

Light indicating the front of a train.

AS7531

marker light signal

A small light fixed to a single light colour light


signal post for the purpose of indicating the
location of a signal in the event of the main
signal light having failed. Off-set to the right
on an automatic signal and directly underneath
the main signal on a controlled signal.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

marshal

To arrange the order of vehicles in a trains


consist.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

marshalling yard

A train yard where shunting is performed as


well as the stabling, light maintenance,
inspection, and queuing of trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

master roster

The planned roster that would operate if there


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
were no operational or crewing changes. It
Railway Terminology'.
contains all work allocated to a depot. The
work is formulated into shifts and arranged into
work lines.

master train

Planned trains to fulfil planned transit legs. The CMC 'Glossary for

plan

train details include the route and timetable, the NCOP and Dictionary
freight capacity, planned transit legs,
fuelling stops,

of Railway

wagon attach/detach locations and crew


changes.

Terminology'.

material change

Where a proposed change to an accredited rail


organisation accredited activities and/or safety
management system which may be reasonably
expected to impact upon safety, or have the
potential to do so.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

material safety data


sheet (MSDS)

A document that provides information on the


identification, hazards, precautions for use and

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

69

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

safe handling of a specific product.


maximum service mass

Represents the mass of the vehicle in full


working order (includes passengers and / or
crew).

AS7520

maximum track speed

The speed displayed on speed boards.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

may

Indicates the existence of an option.

AS 4292.1-2006

mechanical

Operated without any form of power


assistance.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

mechanical insulated
joint

A mechanical joint incorporating insulating


channels, ferrules and end posts designed to
electrically insulate the joined rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

mechanical interlocking

An interlocking area where the points and


signals are directly connected by wires and
rods to the levers of a mechanical interlocking
machine and are operated by the signaller or
other qualified employee.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

mechanical rail joint

A rail joint made by mechanical means (as


opposed to welding), generally using bolted
fishplated sliding joints that are designed
within limits to allow the rail to expand and
contract with temperature.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

mechanically jointed rail Track where the rail less than 110 metres in
length is joined by mechanical rail joints.
track

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

merchant bar

Commodity metal shapes such as angles,


channels, flats, rounds, squares and strips.

metal flow

Extrusion or flow of steel on the running


surface of the rail head.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

micro-switch

An electrical contact, usually sealed, with a


snap- action, very short changeover movement
activated by a plunger.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

mid-platform signal

A Signal provided to enable two trains to be


positioned at a platform by the use of block
Signalling techniques. It may or may not form
part of the standard aspect sequence.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

miniature alphanumeric
route indicator (MARI)

An alphanumeric display presented to the


driver to indicate the route set. It is for short
range use (category three performance).
Formerly known as stencil indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

miniature lever

Electrical control switches within relay


interlocking control units.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

miniature lever frame

A lever frame of miniature levers for the


control of power operated signalling. Also see
power frame.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

minimum static height

The case of a stationary vehicle fitted with


AS7507
condemned diameter wheels combined with the
suspension fully compressed to 'solid'
condition, maximum permissible wear in bogie
centre plates, pivots or any other surface which
may reduce the height of the bogie or vehicle,
body deflection under load and including fully
deflated airsprings, where applicable.

minor derailment

Rolling stock derailed for less than sixty (60)


AS7516
metres and less than sixteen (16) kilometres per
hour.

minor incident

A minor occurrence that can be managed


without external assistance from emergency
service personnel, e.g. derailments; minor

70

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

injuries, etc.
misconsign- ment

Freight that is dispatched to an incorrect


destination.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

mixed gauge turnout

A turnout consisting of two or more track


gauges where one or more gauges diverge. A
turnout in which all gauges diverge is called a
full mixed gauge turnout.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

MLRI

Abbreviated term for multi-lamp route


indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

mobile radio

A radio mounted in a locomotive, track


machine or terminal machinery and has an
externally mounted antenna. A mobile radio
usually puts out a stronger signal than a
portable radio.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

modified continuity test


(MC)

Performed by examining staff or train crew


when locomotives are changed or loading is
detached consisting of a continuity test.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

modified or partial train


examination - MX

Performed by examining staff or train crew


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
when attaching pre-air tested and preRailway Terminology'.
mechanically examined vehicles to a
locomotive or train. A maximum of two
separate blocks may be placed within a train
consist at any location consisting of - brake
pipe leakage test; continuity test; issue of train
examiners certificate for interstate freight trains
(if the examination is performed by a train
examiner).

modified or partial train


examination - MX1

Performed by examining staff or train crew


when attaching non tested loading to a
previously tested train or when vehicles on an
existing train are remarshalled consisting of brake pipe leakage test; continuity test; issue of
train examiners certificate for interstate freight
trains (if the examination is performed by a
train examiner).

modified or partial train


examination - MX2

An air brake examination that confirms the


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
correct brake operation on the first three
Railway Terminology'.
vehicles beyond the further most amalgamation
point when a locomotive/s or vehicles are
attached or detached from a train.

modified rolling stock

Rolling stock where a change has been


implemented that affects it's compliance with
the requirements in the standard.

AS75xx series

monorail network

A passenger-carrying system in which vehicles


travel over a single broad beam (rather than
two narrow rails connected by sleepers as with
conventional railway rolling stock).

AS75xx series series

MoT

Abbreviation for 'Ministry of Transport'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

motion sensing detector

A device used to sense the presence, motion


and direction of travel of a train.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

motive power unit

A rail vehicle used to provide the power to


move itself or other vehicles.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

motor car carrier

A rail vehicle specially equipped for the


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
transport of private and light commercial motor 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
vehicles.
Terminology'.

motor operated

Power operated by a motor or similar device


connected to the signal arm (applicable to
semaphore signals). Can also apply to points
and detonator placers.

71

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

motorail

A rail based trailer for the movements of cars.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

movable roundel light


unit (searchlight)

Light unit in which the aspect is given by


means of a mechanism placing a roundel of the
colour required near the focus of the lens unit,
in front of the lamp.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

movement

The operation on rail of a train or other track


vehicle or machine.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

movement authority

Permission for a train to run to a specific


location as a signalled move.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

moving block

A train separation system where a safe space is


maintained ahead of a moving train
commensurate with its speed relative to other
trains, track and train characteristics.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

multi function coupler

Coupler which makes all connections between


the rail vehicles (mechanical, pneumatic and
electrical) without human intervention, in
contrast to automatic couplers which just
handle the mechanical aspects.

AS7524

multiple car set (MCS)

Two or more compatible and easily separable


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
single unit vehicles coupled together to form an 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
operating consist. A MCS may include all
Terminology'.
powered vehicles or a combination of powered
and trailer vehicles.

multiplecoupled
locomotives

Where locomotives are multi-coupled, one


crew is in control of, and operating, more than
one unit, employees must regard the multicoupled locomotives, for the purpose of train
signalling and operation as one locomotive.

multiple unit

Term could refer to: 1. When two or more


locomotives are coupled in such a manner that
all the units are controlled by the driver from
one control stand - usually in the leading
locomotive; or 2. A multiple-unit passenger
train in which the propulsion power is supplied
by a diesel engine (see DMU) or by electric
power supplied from an external source such as
overhead wires (see EMU).

multiple unit consist


(MUC)

A semi-permanently coupled consist of


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
powered multiple unit vehicles, with or without 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
trailer vehicles, and a driving position in each
Terminology'.
end vehicle.

multiple- aspect
signalling

A fixed colour light signal capable of giving


three or more aspects.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

multi-section (track
circuit)

See cut-section (track circuit).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

must

The word must indicates that a statement is


mandatory.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

narrow gauge

The track gauge of 1067mm (3 6).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

NBDR

A series of positions provided on a lever of a


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
mechanical or power frame for operating
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
points. When operated, the lever can be locked 2004.
in the Normal, B (normal checklock), D
(reverse checklock), Reverse positions
respectively. (Other nominated positions are A,

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

72

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

C and E.)
neck

A small line of track in a yard used for the


shunting of a locomotive.

negligible risk railure

A failure which does not result in the protection UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
provided by the signalling system being
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
reduced. Also known as a right side failure.
2004.
Also see fail-safe,.

nestedcontainers

Nested containers refers to the transport of


multiple empty containers to a location using a
single slot on a particular wagon.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

net tonne kilometre

Net tonne kilometres is a measure of the


payload of wagons (the net tonnes) multiplied
by the distance travelled.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

net train weight

The weight of hauled vehicles in a train consist. CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

network

See railway network.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

network control

The function responsible for managing train


paths and issuing occupancy authorities.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

network registered

Rolling stock that the track manager can


consider for train or route acceptance.

AS7501

networkregistration

The process used by a track manager to permit


initiation of the train acceptance process.

AS7501

neutral relay

A relay which operates in response to a predetermined change of the current in the


controlling circuit, irrespective of the direction
of the current.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

neutral section

An arrangement of insulators and earthed


equipment introduced into the overhead line
equipment and designed to ensure that two
adjacent electrical sections are kept separated
even during the passage of the pantographs of
electric trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

neutral temperature

The rail temperature at which the track has no


longitudinal thermal stresses.

AS 4292.2-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

non- automatic signal

See automatic signal.

non bulk freight

General freight, comprising containerised


freight, steel, motor vehicles, paper products
and other general merchandise.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

non conformal contact

Contact between the wheel throat and rail


gauge corner giving a gap of more than 0.4mm
between their undeformed shapes.

AS7508

non detectable

Rolling stock that does not activate track


circuits.

AS7505-4

non electrified route

Not equipped to supply power to electric trains. CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

non field lubricated


bearings

Bearings that do not require any lubricant to be


added during the service period.

AS7516

non- interlocked points


(on signalled running
lines)

Points which are not interlocked with the


signalling and which must be securely locked
by spike, point clips or clamps, and XL locks.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

non-passable

A signal is designated non-passable because it


protects an area of conflict or other
infrastructure such that a significant hazard
would arise in the event of it being passed at
danger without authority. Such signals cannot
be passed at danger without specific authority
from the signaller, in accordance with the rule
book. Non-passable signals are usually
controlled signals. Also see absolute signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

73

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

non-safety related

A description applied to those parts of the


signalling system whose failure or nonavailability does not directly endanger rail
traffic or reduce the integrity of the signalling
system.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

non-storage

A term used when pre-selection (storage) of a

RailCorp ESG 007 -

operation

route is not provided and where the control to

Glossary of Signalling

(anti pre-

move points can only be set up if the points are

Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

selection)

free or available at the moment the control is

non-vital

applied.
Signalling equipment and circuits are
RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
considered non vital where failure to function
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
correctly would not cause an unsafe outcome of
the signalling system. Non-vital equipment and
circuits do not affect the safe operation of the
signalling system. Also see non-safety
related

non-vital blocking

Non-vital blocking is blocking which is


incorporated in an operator Interface or train
control system to inhibit specific controls to
call routes and points from being sent out to an
interlocking.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

normal (aspect)

The most restrictive aspect of a controlled


signal, or the aspect of an automatic signal
which is displayed when no trains are present
and no routes set.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

normal (function)

Position of a lever or switch when in the unoperated or quiescent state.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

normal (points)

The normal position of points is defined by the


signalling plan. By convention, points in the
normal position are set to give optimum
protection to other routes. The normal position
of a crossover is to give parallel routes.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

normal contact

A term used to designate a current carrying


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
contact when the operating mechanism is in the Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
normal position.

normal direction

On a line for which the signalling is provided


for one direction only, Normal applies to the
signalled direction. On a bi-directional line,
normal applies to the direction of the
predominant traffic flow.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

normal position

The position in which signal and other devices


are assumed to normally lie, according to rule,
convention or otherwise, i.e., stop aspect
displayed, points set for main track, devices
energised or de- energised, etc. The normal
position generally refers to the position where
the protection is applied e.g. signals at stop,
releases locked and not available.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

normal speed

A speed that does not exceed the speed limit


currently in force for the locality and class of
train.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

normalise

Cancellation of a set route and release of the


interlocking including approach locking, but
not including route locking being maintained
by a train within the route.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

nose

The machined or point end of a crossing near


the point of intersection.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

nose rail

The rail used to manufacture the nose of a

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

74

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

crossing. It forms a V with the scarf rail. Also


referred to as female half of vee.

Railway Terminology'.

nose to nose interlocking Directional interlocking which may be


cancelled, under certain conditions, to permit
entry to an occupied track. Also known as
enclenchement de nez a nez.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

NTC

Abbreviation for 'National Transport


Commission'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

null count test

This is a check against the circuit book analysis RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
sheets to verify that there are no wires
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
terminated on spare contacts of relays and other
operating mechanisms, nor on spare fuses,
links, terminals, and all other spare termination
points.

number light

Backlit vehicle number.

AS7531

NX

Abbreviated term for entrance-exit system.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

O
obscuration

A situation where there is an interruption of the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
drivers line of sight to an element. total
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
obscuration occurs when the entire surface area 2004.
of the element is hidden from the drivers view.
Partial obscuration occurs when part of the
surface area is hidden from view.

obstacle deflector

An extension of vehicle body underneath the


AS7507
headstock at a cab end to deflect large obstacles
from the track, also known as a 'cow-catcher' or
'pilot'.

obstruction

Any defect in the track or track formation, or


obstacle on, above or adjacent to the track
which will prevent the safe passage of trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

OCC

Abbreviated term for occupied.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

occupancy

Presence of rail traffic or track workers on


track.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

occupancy authority

Any formal permit of a kind described in this


Standard issued to a train crew or work site
safety supervisor allowing occupancy or
obstruction of one or more track sections.

AS 4292.5-2006

occupation crossing

Level crossing provided for a private roadway.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

occupied (OCC)

A track section having any part of a train


present upon it.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

occupied line

A portion of a line between two successive


signals which are capable of displaying a stop
aspect, or between such a signal and the end of
the line, on which a train, or a part of a train, is
already positioned.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

occurrence

A general term for accidents and incidents


which lead to injury or loss, or which are
considered by the responsible authority to have
the potential to compromise safety.

AS 4292.1-2006, AS 4292.7-2006

OCS

Abbreviated term for one control switch.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

OCU

Abbreviated term for operators control unit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802

75

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

off (aspect)

A proceed aspect in a colour light signal, or the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
arm of a semaphore signal or disc signal
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
inclined at 45 degrees or more, or distant signal 2004.
other than at its most restrictive aspect.

off and on signal


proving

Checking whether the signal is off (open) or


on (closed).

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

off indicator

An indicator that displays the word Off, to


indicate that the signal ahead is cleared prior to
starting the train, usually associated with a
platform starting signal. Also see guards
indicator

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

offset (curve)

The distance from the centre of a chord to the


running edge of a curved rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

offset couplers

Automatic couplers where there is a vertical


mismatch between the centreline of the
coupling head and the centreline of the coupler
shank.

AS7524.2

OL

Abbreviated term for overlap.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

on (aspect)

A red aspect in a colour light signal, or the arm UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
of a semaphore signal in the horizontal
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
position, denoting stop or caution, or distant 2004.
signal at most restrictive aspect.

on or near the track

The space within 3 metres of the nearest rail


when measured horizontally and at any level
above or below the rail when measured
vertically, unless in a position of safety.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

on time running

Measures the proportion of train trips which


arrive within a given time of the scheduled
arrival time.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

on track machine (or on


track vehicle)

Any power operated, self-propelled, flange


wheel mounted maintenance machine or
recorder vehicle, excluding road/rail vehicles
and other small machines placed on and off
track by hand or lifting equipment on site, such
as re-sleepering plant.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

one control switch


(OCS)

A type of route setting control panel having one RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
switch (or other device) to control each route.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

one pull (one shot)

See 'one train release'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

one spot

A repair facility designed to bring vehicles in


need of repair to a central depot fully equipped
with materials, handling equipment, tools and
spares.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

one train release

Allows the signaller to operate the section


signal only once, for each line clear. Also
known as one pull or one shot.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

one train working

Methods of signalling a single line, where only UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
one train is permitted at a time either with a
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
train staff [OT(S)] or without a train staff [OT]. 2004.

one-train staff
instrument

A designated container for the safe storage of


one one-train staff at the signal box or token
control point.

on-site test

These are tests using signalling power supplies RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
of equipment and circuits installed in signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

76

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

structures with the track side equipment


connected.
open ballasted track

Track comprising rails, fastenings, sleepers and COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
ballast. It does not include track comprising
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
slab or embedded systems, or track on transom Terminology'.
deck bridges.

open channel

A system which allows all radio users to take


part in all conversations.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

open circuit

The condition applying when a circuit is


incomplete, as by the opening of a switch, or
by the omission of a connection in the circuit,
thus preventing current from flowing.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

open level crossing

Level crossing provided for a public roadway.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' July 2006 version


revised by Worley Parsons and advised to ITPL by
email from RSSB 2nd Feb 09.

open wagon (or open


car)

A wagon with substantially vertical sides and


ends, a flat floor and an open top, with or
without doors in the side walls or floor.

operating headway

The minimum spacing between trains, based on RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
the specified maximum line capacity in trains
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
per hour.

operating notice
diagram

A simplified layout plan for publication in, or


with, the signalling alterations section of an
operating notice, for example WON, PON.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

operating restriction

A restriction on the operation of rollingstock


(e.g. reduced speed, axle load) to provide an
appropriate level of risk in response to a
specific infrastructure condition.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

operational specification The technical specifications for rail operations


on a route, including time of entry to and exit
from the route, duration of use of the route,
technical specification of rolling stock and rail
infrastructure facilities, and safeworking
standards.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

operational use

The manner in which the equipment is used for


the purposes of running trains.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

operations controller

A qualified employee authorised and


responsible to regulate and control all
movements over prescribed sections of a
railway in accordance with authorised systems
of safeworking.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

operator

The person or body responsible by reason of


ownership, control or management, for the
provision, maintenance or operation of trains,
or a combination of these, or a person or body
acting on its behalf.

AS75xx series series

operator interface

The interface between the signalling system


and the signaller which provides all the
information and functionality needed by the
signaller to control and monitor the signalling
system.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

operator interface
station (OIS)

Any microprocessor based man-machine


interface, typically any graphic user interface
(GUI) using a keyboard, mouse and any array
of visual display units (VDUs) to form a
workstation for the purpose of train control.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

opposing train

Any train other than a following train which, if


it continued beyond a nominated signal, would
cross over or occupy the same track as another
train.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

77

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

organisation

A track manager or an operator, or a person or


a body that is both track manager and operator.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

OSS

An overspeed sensor system as applied to a


TPWS.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

OT(S)

Abbreviated term for one train working with a


train staff.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

OTSI

Abbreviated term for 'Office of Transport


Safety Investigations' (NSW).

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

out of gauge loads

A vehicle load that does not conform to the


relevant loading outline.

AS7507

out of gauge rolling


stock

Any vehicle that does not conform to a


reference rolling stock outline applicable to a
particular route.

AS7507

out of use

Non-operational equipment that is still


connected to the infrastructure.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

outer home signal

An outer home signal is a controlled signal


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
which controls the movement of trains over the Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
portion of line between that signal and the next
signal in advance where a risk may only exist
under certain circumstances. For example, a
risk may exist for an approaching train when
another train is required to shunt back outside a
home signal towards the outer home signal.

outline project
specification (OPS)

The requirements for a signalling scheme,


formulated at the feasibility stage of a project.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

overhaul

Actions carried out at the end of the service


period to return the item to a condition that
should give reliable operation for a further full
service period.

AS7516

overhead line equipment The structures and overhead equipment


necessary for the traction power supply for
electric rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

overhead traction wiring See overhead line equipment.


equipment
Any bearing visibly overheating, or running
overheated bearing
hotter than other bearings on same vehicle.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.
AS7516
SKM Signalling Design Principles on the
Victorian Rail Network, SF90133.01, 23 June
2006.

overlap

The overlap of a signal is an extension of a


track circuit beyond a stop signal to provide a
margin of safety beyond that signal. The
overlap must be unoccupied and free of
opposing signal locking before the signal is
permitted to show a proceed aspect.

overlap maintenance

If a choice of overlaps exists beyond a stop


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
signal then the clearing of the signal in rear will Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
lock any facing points in the overlap beyond
the stop signal to prevent the operation of those
points towards an overlap that is not free, or is
occupied (running signals); overlap
maintenance will maintain that locking when
an approaching train has passed the signal in
rear.

overlap span

An overlapping of the ends of two lengths of


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
overhead line equipment, arranged in such a
Railway Terminology'.
manner that the pantographs of electric trains
can pass smoothly and without break of contact
from one contact wire to the next over the same

78

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

track.
overlay

A detection device designed to detect the


approach of a train in addition to the normal
track circuit train detection is referred to as an
overlay device.

AS7505

overlay track circuit

A track circuit installed on a section of track


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
over which one or more existing track circuits
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
are operating. Overlay track circuits are usually 2004.
audio- frequency systems, configured so that
the main and overlay track circuits operate
independently of each other. Normally used for
detecting the passage of a train at or past a
specific position.

overlength train (OL)

A train is overlength if its length exceeds the


holding capacity of a designated running track
at a crossing station.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

override

A facility provided in respect to some remote


interlockings for use during failure of the
remote control equipment. It enables all signals
to be replaced to danger or nominated routes to
be set for automatic working. Limited selective
routing at junctions is sometimes provided.
Also known as through routes.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

overrun

Passing the end of movement authority. The


conventional terminology for an overrun is a
signal passed at danger (SPAD).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

oversetting

The setting of a following movement before the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
previous movement has cleared the route
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
and/or overlap. Also known as restroking or
2004.
pumping.

overview

A signalling diagram or display that shows the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
whole of the area being controlled, usually with Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
reduced detail.
2004.

owner / manager

See track manager.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

P2 force

Total vertical force (static plus 'low frequency'


dynamic forces) per wheel when the rolling
stock operates over a defined angular
discontinuity (ramp) in the rail vertical profile,
representing an idealised dipped rail joint.

AS7508

Pacific National

Freight train operator throughout all Australian


states and track manager for the Victorian
regional broad gauge network.

RISSB Roll standards (various)

package axle bearings

A single packaged (or cartridge) unit,


containing all the bearing assembly parts, preset, lubricated and sealed for assembly on the
axle.

AS7516

packing

The process for consolidating the ballast under


the sleepers, timbers or bearers for the proper
support of the track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pad

An item manufactured from elastic, electrically


insulated or low friction material which is
placed under the rail and intended to perform a
specific function, e.g. vibration isolation,
electrical insulation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

Pandrol

A trade name, Pandrol supplies plates and


resilient fastenings.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

panel (track)

A section of plain track or crossingwork

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

79

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

comprising rails, track fastenings and sleepers


(tie bars if applicable) which has been
assembled for transport or installation into
track as a unit.

Railway Terminology'.

panel processor

A microprocessor interfacing between the


operator interface and the signalling
interlocking and building the information sets
required from the input data elements.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

pantograph

An apparatus fixed to the roof of electric


traction vehicles to draw current from the
overhead supply.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

parallelbonding

The bonding of both rails of a turnout such that


they are connected in parallel with the other
straight rails comprising the track circuit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

part worn rail

Any recycled rail that has previously carried


traffic, including rail used for closures and
inserts.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

pass

The process of one train overtaking another


travelling in the same direction at a crossing
loop on single track.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

passable

A signal which is able to be passed at danger


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
without specific authority from the signaller, in Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
accordance with the rule book. passable signals 2004.
are usually automatic, semi-automatic or
intermediate block signals. Also see Permissive
Signal

passengerkilometre

Unit of measure representing the transport of


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
one passenger over a distance of one kilometre. Railway Terminology'.

passenger line

A line signalled to the standard required for


trains conveying passengers.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

passenger rolling stock

Rolling stock that carries people and facilities


for these people. Excludes locomotive and
infrastructure maintenance rolling stock.

AS75xx series series

passengervehicle (or
passenger car)

See passenger rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

passing contact

Contact which closes or opens for a short


period only and usually when the controller is
operated in a certain direction only, e.g. normal
to reverse.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

passing loop

A passing loop is a section of track that runs


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
parallel and connected at both ends to the main Railway Terminology'.
line. This allows, for example, two trains in
oposite directions to cross each other, or a
faster train to pass and overtake a slower one
that is waiting in the loop. Passing loops are
generally used on lines with only one track, and
allows for increased running capabilities and
minimalised running times.

passingmovement

See pass.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

passive level crossing


warning system

Control of the movement of vehicular or


pedestrian traffic across a railway level
crossing by signs or devices, none of which are
activated during the approach or passage of a
train, and which rely on the road user detecting
the approach or presence of a train by direct
observation.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'.

path

A train path is the right to use consecutive


sections of rail track for defined periods of
time.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

80

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

patrol inspections

Visual inspections for obvious unsafe


conditions, changed conditions, or evidence of
high rates of deterioration of the infrastructure
that indicate unacceptable risk to operations.
Patrols should be sufficient to enable the need
for more detailed inspections to be determined.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

patrolman

A person who patrols/inspects a section of line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

patrolmanslockout
device (PLOD)

A type of lockout system that allows a


patrolman, with the permission of the signaller,
to prevent the signalled movement of traffic,
for example, in one direction only on a bidirectional Line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pedestrian crossing

A crossing at substantially the same level as a


railway track that is used by pedestrians to
cross the railway track

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

per way patroller

An approved person having responsibility for


regular permanent way inspections to ensure
the safety of the line.

PTA Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.


01/07/2001.

periodical operating
notice (PON)

An operating notice published bi-monthly. This UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
is an official notice giving details of weekly
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
operating notice information, specified
2004.
operations publications, and other publication
changes, for example, of the sectional
appendix.

periodical ticket

A ticket valid for more than one day.

permanent rail joint

Non-welded rail joints intended for use in track COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
in the long term. They include fishplated joints, 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
glued insulated joints and expansion joints.
Terminology'.

permanentspeed board

A fixed board which indicates to the driver the


maximum allowable speed for trains on the
portion of line ahead up to the next speed
board.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

permanent
speedrestriction (PSR)

The normal speed restriction for the operation


of trains over a section of line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

permanent way

The system of earthworks, drainage, structures,


and trackwork (but excluding signalling and
communications systems) completed to the
required clearance, grade and alignment in
readiness for traffic.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

permissible rollingstock
outline

The outline that defines the limiting crossCOP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
sectional geometry for rollingstock and its load 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
including kinematic effects. It includes the
Terminology'.
static rollingstock outline and the affects of
vehicle centre and end throw, track tolerances
and dynamic rollingstock limits. Also referred
to as rollingstock outline or maximum
kinematic rollingstock outline. Also equivalent
to the permissible rollingstock outline defined
in AS 4292.

permissible speed

The maximum allowable safe speed over a


section of line which applies to all trains when
not operating at an EPS. Normally identified in
the sectional appendix, and sometimes shown
as a differential speed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

permissiblestructure
outline

The outline relative to the track cross-section


that defines the limiting cross-sectional
geometry which no part of any structure or

AS 4292.2-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'


and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

81

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

trackside fixture may infringe.


permissive block
working

A system whereby two or more trains travelling COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
in the same direction and spaced a block apart, 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
may consecutively enter a block section of
Terminology'.
single line on signal indication.

permissive signal

1. A signal that can be passed at stop without


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
the authority of a signaller or Special Proceed
Railway Terminology'.
Authority, if it is considered safe to do. (NSW)
2. A fixed signal designated as a permissive
normally controlled by the passage of trains. Its
normal indication is a PA. (ARTC)

permissive working

A system whereby a train, or two or more


trains, travelling in the same direction may
enter a single line indication on signal
indication and are permitted to proceed at low
speed to the preceding train or next stop
indication.

phantom aspect

An aspect displayed by a colour light signal,


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
different from the aspect intended, caused by a Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
light from an external source being reflected by
the optical system of the signal. Also see
masking.

phantom overlap (POL)

A calculated full overlap that does not


correspond to a physical track section joint. It
is used where an overlap distance falls short of
a set of points and those points are not locked.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

phantom restricted
overlap (PROL)

An overlap that contains the special features of


a phantom overlap and a restricted overlap.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pick-up

The energisation of an electromagnetic device


to pick up and close its front contacts.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

pick-up value

The electrical value which, when applied to an


electromagnetic instrument, will cause the
moving member to move to the position which
will just close the front contacts or visually
indicate its energised position.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

piggyback

Transporting complete road trailers on railway


flat wagons.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pilot

A person fully acquainted with a section of


track that supervises drivers or track machine
operators through a section of track or
worksite.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pilot staff

A metal staff that authorises travel through a


pilot staff section.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pilot staff lock

An annett lock at a single line starting signal


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
which holds a half pilot staff for the single line Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
section. Removal of the half pilot staff operates
a pilot staff lock contact which disconnects the
section control circuits and prevents the starting
signals at each end of the section from clearing.

pilot staff notice (PSN)

A form used to give details of pilot staff


working.

pilot staff ticket

A written authority issued after a driver or track CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
vehicle operator has seen the pilot staff or half- Railway Terminology'.
staff for a section.

pilot staff with key

A staff in two halves with a key at each end.


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
Each half is secured in a pilot staff lock box at Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
each end of a single line track block or track
control signalling section. For use in the case of
starting signal failure or obstruction on the
single line.

82

AS7531

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

pilot staff working

A method of working rail traffic when the


normal system of safeworking is not available.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pilotman

A person who has been appointed to manage


the passage of trains over a single line during
the failure of equipment, during repairs or due
to an obstruction.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pin

A round spike used to fasten some types of


plates to timbers or a connecting pin used in
point spreader bars and connecting rods.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pivot light

A light that is common to both on and off


aspects of a position light signal, or the
common lamp of a PLJI where more than one
diverging route exists.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

plain axle bearings

Bearings using sliding motion between the


moving load-bearing surfaces.

AS7516

plate

A steel plate fitted between the rail and sleeper


or timber to spread the load on the sleeper.
Plates may be double shoulder, clip fastening,
taper, level or cant to suit requirements, see
below: clip fastening: A rail support plate
designed for resilient fastenings.double
shoulder: A rail support plate designed with a
shoulder on each side of the rail foot which is
normally used with dogspikes. graduated cant
plate: A plate under the rail which changes rail
cant from 1:20 on open track to zero cant at
crossing work over 3 adjacent timbers. They
are marked A (1:30), B (1:40) or C (1:80) to
indicate the cant. rail base plate: A rail support
plate between the rail and bearer at
crossingwork. The plate may be level or taper.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

plateau

The level elevated platform in a flangeway or a


flange bearing third rail transfer or crossing
unit which reduces excessive wear and batter
on the nose.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

platform sharing

Permitting two passenger trains to occupy a


platform line simultaneously, other than for the
purposes of attaching, detaching or removing
vehicles, without the existence of a midplatform signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

platform starting signal

A stop signal located such that either the


longest passenger (or empty coaching stock)
train authorised to use the platform would, if
stopped at the signal, still have a portion of the
passenger accommodation alongside the
platform, or the leading end of the train passes
over the AWS equipment associated with the
signal before it is despatched from the
platform.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

PLOD

Abbreviated term for patrolmans lockout


device.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

plug bond

A traction bond with the termination on each


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
end of the bond consisting of a cylindrical plug Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
which forms a close fit in a hole drilled in the
rail web. It is secured in place by the expanding
action of a bond plug being driven into a hole
through its centre.

plug in relay

A relay designed to plug into a plug board. The


electrical connections are permanently made to
the plug board allowing the relays to be
changed without any disconnection of

83

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

individual wires. The plug boards are usually


pin coded to prevent an incorrect type of relay
being fitted.
plunger

A button that is depressed to activate signalling UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
equipment.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

plunger (facing point


lock)

The part of a facing point lock which secures


the lock rod to the plunger stand when the
points switch is locked.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

plunger proving of
switch blades

Check of the blades of a switch effected by the


driving in of a spring piston under the action of
a switch blade at the end of its movement
towards the stock rail.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

PN

Abbreviated term for Pacific National.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

point (s)

A track component that provides a path for a


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
wheel to transfer from one track to another and 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
usually consists of a section of bent and planed Terminology'.
rail (known as the switch rail) and its
connecting parts (for example switch rod
brackets, reinforcing bars and high strength tips
where appropriate). The term point is also used
to describe the end of the switch rail that is
machined into a sharp tip.

point blade

The machined pivoting or flexing running rail


component of a half set of points.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

point clamp

A lockable heavy duty clamp for manually


securing a point switch to the stockrail for an
extended period.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

point clip

A lockable clip for manually securing a point


switch to the stock rail.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

point contact

The fixed contact piece for either a front or


back contact of a relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

point detector

A device for proving that points are correctly


set before a signal can be cleared to authorise
passage of a train over the points.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

point end

One pair of switch rails in a set of points.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

point extension iron

A bracket bolted to the toe of a point switch


which provides an extended connection point
for point detector rods.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

point handle

A collective term for crank handle and pump


handle.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

point indicator

electrical: A colour light signal for indicating


the position of points or derail. mechanical: A
device mechanically actuated by a lever, or a
points switch, to indicate the position of the
points

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

point machine

The encased equipment for the powered


operation of a set of points.
point machine
with hand crank or long lever: Point machine,
the action of which, in the event of removal or
failure of the motive power, may be effected by
hand, under certain conditions, by means of a
movable crank or a lever connected to the
motor.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004 International Electrotechnical Vocabulary
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

point operating
mechanism

A mechanism for changing the direction a set


of points is lying.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

84

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

point pawl lock

A point operating mechanism which provides


direct switch to stockrail facing point locking
through a vertically operating pawl arm which
requires external point switch and lock
detection and is powered by a purpose built
electric point machine or electro-pneumatic
(EP) motor.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

point slide chair

A rail base plate under the stock rail and


switch. It provides vertical support to the stock
rail and a horizontal surface for the switch to
slide on. Chairs are attached to the stock rail
and to the timber under the points.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

point switch

A movable tapered track rail, the point of


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
which is designed to fit against the stock rail.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
The pointed end of the switch rail (switch
blade) is referred to as the toe and the other
end, the pivot end, as the heel. asymmetric
point switch: A design of switch in which the
switch rail cross section is asymmetric about its
vertical axis and the height of the switch rail is
approximately 2/3 the height of the stockrail.
Points with asymmetric switches are also
tangential. point switch rollers: A roller under a
point switch and fixed to the stockrail, which
lifts the point switch off the slide plate as the
switch moves from the closed to the open
position and vice versa. Several rollers can be
fitted along each point switch to facilitate
movement, especially for heavy switches on
super elevated track.

point zone telephone

A telephone in the vicinity of one or more


points for use by a shunter, other operating
staff or maintenance staff to communicate
directly with the signaller in connection with
the operation of the points.

points

A set of points permits rail traffic to change


from one track to another. Points are normally
referred to as left or right hand denoting the
turnout direction as viewed from the toe end.

points and crossings

Track structures which provide for one track to


join or cross another.

AS 4292.2-2006

points correspond- ence


test

This is a test to ensure that the position of a set


of points is in agreement with that required by
the interlocking.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

points fixed

Third rail crossingwork designed to permit the

CMC 'Glossary for

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

standard gauge or broad gauge track to turn NCOP and Dictionary


out.
The diverge move is effected by the use of
ramped

of Railway

manganese blocks on which the wheel flange


runs

Terminology'.

and guard rails.


points fixed heel

Points which utilise permanently fastened heel


blocks. Localised flexing of the switch occurs
ahead of the fixed heel and the switch rail
continues beyond the heel.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

polarised circuit

A circuit path in which the flow of electric


current is reversed from time to time.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

polarity reversal
(phasing)

The reversal of the polarity between similar


adjoining track circuits across the insulating
block joints to prevent the possibility of one

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

85

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

track circuit feed falsely energising the relay of


the adjoining track circuit in the event of
breakdown of the insulating block joints.
polarpak

The polarpak is a 40 kilowatt diesel engine


driven portable generator unit fitted to some 5pack well wagons to provide in-transit power
for refrigerated containers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

polyphase relay

An alternating current relay having two or


more windings, operating on an induction
motor principle, all windings of which must be
properly energised.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

PON

Abbreviated term for periodical operating


notice.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

POSA

Abbreviated term of proceed on sight


authority.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

position light ground


signal (PLGS)

An alternative term for ground position light


(GPL), or independent position light signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

position light junction


indicator (PLJI)

An indicator which displays the route at a


signal by means of a line of white lights.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

position light signal

A light signal, other than a main signal, that


gives its indication by the position and colour
of its lights.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

position of safety

A position of safety is a place where no track


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
worksite protection is provided and is either: - Railway Terminology'.
a properly constructed refuge to an approved
design; - behind the safety line on a platform; a place where a structure or physical barrier
has been erected to provide protection but
includes subways and overhead bridges; - a
place that is not on or near the track.

positive train
identification (PTI)

A system that identifies a train directly from


equipment on board the train for the purposes
of train description, rather than from a train
describer.

positive train

An American automatic train protection system RailCorp ESG 007 -

separation

specification evolving from their advanced


train

Glossary of Signalling

(PTS)

control system specification. The positive train

Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

separation system is intended to overlay


existing
signalling systems to provide enforcement
and is
transmission based using radio links to the
train.
possession

Possessions transfer control of a section of


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
track from the train control system to a separate Railway Terminology'.
body for purposes such as major track repair or
reconstruction. Trains other than those under
the control of the separate body are denied
access to the tracks. Also see disconnection.

possession protection
officer

The qualified worker responsible for


coordinating protection of worksites under a
local possession authority (LPA). Also see
protection officer.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

power car (or


power vehicle)

A vehicle that contains the equipment and


facilities necessary to produce, convert or

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway

86

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

distribute the power required for propulsion,


control and auxiliary purposes.

Terminology'.

power frame

A lever frame controlling power operated


equipment. Also see miniature lever frame.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

power interlocking

An interlocking area where the points and


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
signals are operated electrically, hydraulically
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
or pneumatically. They are controlled by a
signaller using an interlocking machine or relay
interlocking control unit.

power interlocking
machine

An interlocking machine with small


mechanical type levers or pistol grip slide
levers with mechanical interlocking provided
between the levers which operate circuit
controllers for a power interlocking.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

power signal box

A signal box from which the signalman


controls the working of the apparatus by means
of any power supply (pneumatic, electric,
hydraulic). with free levers or thumb
switches: Power signal box with route or
individual levers, in which the control levers or
switches are always free and where
interlocking is effected by the operation of
electrical interlocking acting only on the
control circuits. with individual levers: Power
signal box from which the operation of each
lever controls the working of only one
apparatus or of a group of associated
apparatus. with route levers: Power signal box
where all the signalling apparatus, the
movement of which is necessary to ensure
complete setting up of the specified route, are
simultaneously operated by route levers. This
operation may be effected by one lever per
route (or part of a rpoute) or two levers
corresponding to the extremities of the route
(or part of a route).

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

power supply
conditioner

A device which filters and corrects the


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
waveform and voltage of a mains power supply Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
for sensitive electronic equipment.

power worked signal

Fixed signals worked by electricity or


compressed air.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

preliminarycaution
(aspect)

A signal aspect which informs the driver to


expect the next signal to be at caution. It is
indicated by a double yellow aspect.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

preliminaryrouting
indicator (PRI)

An indicator associated with a junction, giving


the driver prior information about which route
is set at the junction.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

prescribed train

A train laden in excess of a specified


percentage of the maximum load that can be
hauled by the motive power unit, for that
portion of line.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

preselection

The selection of a signalling function prior to


the condition becoming available, so that it is
automatically set when some other function is
restored.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pre-set shunt

Where facing shunting signals exist in the line


of route of other route classes these will be
cleared (generally automatically) before the
main (presetting) signal clears.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pre-settingcontrol

A control which is carried out automatically


when the safety conditions required are

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,

87

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

satisfied.

IEC, AS 1852 1970.

pre-site test

These are tests of manufactured equipment and


circuits using temporary power supplies prior
to site installation. These are not certification
tests, but rather quality control tests.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

prestressed concrete
sleeper

A sleeper utilising compressed concrete and


prestressing tendons to resist flexure.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

prestressing tendon

A strand or wire within a sleeper, which under


tension, compresses the concrete.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

prevent shunt

The prevent shunt of a track circuit is the


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
maximum value of the resistance which, placed Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
between the two rails of a track circuit, will
2004.
prevent the energisation of the track relay.

PRI

Abbreviated term for preliminary routing


indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

prime length (rail)

See standard length rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

principles

Principles describe fundamentals applicable to COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
all railways. Principles defined in the code may 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
include a list of factors that should be
Terminology'.
considered.

private siding

A siding owned and maintained by a person


who does not own, control or manage the
running line with which the siding connects.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

proceed aspect

Any signal aspect which permits the driver to


pass the signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

proceed indication

Any signal indication other than stop.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

proceed on sight
authority (POSA)

A signal aspect for use during lineside


signalling failures to instruct the driver to enter
a signal section and proceed at such a speed
that the train can be stopped short of any
obstruction.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

processing capacity

The maximum number of control and


indication input/output processing cycles per
unit of time that can be handled without
incurring any cycle processing delay. For any
given system this will result in a maximum
number of field objects the system is able to
control, which is also a function of the
complexity of the controlling / interlocking
logic between the field objects.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

processing speed

The speed with which the system processes a


control or indication input, and outputs the
required response to the field or signaller
respectively.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

prohibition notice

If an authorised officer is of the opinion that at CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
any railway premises there is occurring or is
Railway Terminology'.
about to occur any activity that involves or will
involve an immediate risk to the health or
safety of any person, the authorised officer may
give to the person who has or may be
reasonably presumed to have control over the
activity a notice prohibiting the carrying on of
the activity until the matters that give or will
give rise to the risk are remedied.

propelling movement

A movement where the driver is not driving


from the leading cab of the leading vehicle.

88

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

protected level crossing

A level crossing with automatic flashing lights


warning signals with or without bells and half
boom gates.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

protected wrong side


failure

A wrong side failure where another part of the


signalling system provides an acceptable level
of protection. Also known as a low risk
failure.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

protecting signal

A signal that protects a train from conflicting


movements and/or obstructions.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

protection active (track


crossing)

Track crossing incorporating physical barriers, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
warning signs, line marking, lights and audible Railway Terminology'.
devices to alert vehicular or pedestrain traffic
that a train is approaching or crossing.
Examples include gates, booms, flashing lights,
bells and sirens.

protection officer

The worker responsible for safety and


AS 4292.5-2006
protection of personnel at a track worksite and
ensuring that the site is safe for the operation of
trains. Also see 'worksite supervisor' and 'work
site safety supervisor'.

protection passive (track Track crossing incorporating line markings and


or warning or advisory signs to alert vehicular
crossing)
or pedestrain traffic that they are approaching a
crossing and to take care.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

protocol

A set of rules that govern the operation of


functional units to achieve communication. In
data transmission, mainly based on message
structures and timing.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

proved

Evidence provided by electrical or other means


that a function is in a specified state.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

provisioning centre

An area in which locomotives are fuelled and


serviced prior to entering traffic for pilot
working (shunting) or main line trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

proximity detector

An induction loop device in the track which is


operated electromagnetically by the proximity
of a rail vehicle above the detector.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

PSR

Abbreviated term for permanent speed


restriction.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

PTA of WAnetwork

Abbreviation for Perth metropolitan narrow


gauge network.

AS75xx series series

PTI

Abbreviated term for positive train


identification.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

PTSV

Abbreviation for Public Transport Safety


Victoria.

public timetable

Contains the list of scheduled passenger


services (but not a complete list of all train
movements as per working timetable).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pull apart

A rail failure where the ends separate


producing a gap in the rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

pull plate

Alternative term for lever (or switch) plate,


tablet or badge.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pull rod

The rod connecting the spreader bar and (point PTC Infrastructure Standard NG-TE-STD- 2101
lever) crank to facilitate operation of the points. Ver. 1.0.

pulling list

The listed sequence in which point and signal


controls must be operated to set routes.

89

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

pulsating (light)

A regular variation in light intensity, used to


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
distinguish the indication from a steady light of Railway Terminology'.
the same colour.

pulsatingcurrent fed
track circuit

Track circuit in which the current is


successively switched off and established,
possibly reversed, and operating on the total
effect of the action which each interruption or
impulse of current causes in the receiving
apparatus without consideration of the
frequency or duration of the impulses.

pump handle

A portable handle for the manual operation of a UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
clamp lock or a set of train operated points.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

pumping

See oversetting.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

Q
QR

Train operator and track manager for the


RISSB Roll standard Roll 07-1
narrow gauge network that covers most of
Queensland and the standard gauge route that
extends from the NSW/QLD border to Acacia
Ridge, Fisherman's Island (Brisbane docks) and
Roma Street (Brisbane).

QR narrow gauge
network

Queensland narrow gauge network.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 25 July


07

QR network

Queensland narrow and standard gauge


network.

RISSB Roll standards (various)

QR standard gauge
network

QLD/NSW border to Brisbane standard gauge


network.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 25 July


07

QT

Abbreviation for Queensland Transport.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

qualified worker

A worker certified as competent to carry out


the relevant task.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

queuing

Time spent by a train at terminals or


intermediate points while waiting on rail traffic
ahead to clear.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

quick pick relay

A relay which, when energy is applied, will


pick up quicker than an ordinary relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

quick release relay

A relay which, when the controlling circuit is


opened or completely shunted, will drop away
quicker than an ordinary relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

RA

Abbreviated term for right away indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

RAC

Abbreviation for 'Railway Association of


Canada'.

http://www.railcan.ca/

radio electronic token


block (RETB)

A signalling system used mainly on single


lines, where an electronic token is transmitted
between the controlling signal box and train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

rail

The rolled steel section used to guide wheelsets CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
of rolling stock. The most common rails are
Railway Terminology'.
Tee head which is the Australian Standard. Rail
is described by weight per unit length, i.e.
kilograms/metre (kg/m) commonly reduced to
kg and pounds per yard (lb/yd) commonly
reduced to lb.

90

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

rail anchor

A fastening which is attached to the foot of the CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
rail and against the sleeper to transfer
Railway Terminology'.
longitudinal forces to the sleepers and in turn to
the track structure. Rail anchors are utilised to
resist rail creep and expansion and contraction
in long rail.

rail base plate

This type of plate is used for crossingwork


assemblies utilising resilient rail fastenings.

rail bond

A cable fixed across a break or joint in one rail, RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
or between two rails to provide a path for
March 2009.
traction return current or track-circuits.

rail brace

A cast or fabricated component which supports


the rail in a vertical position.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail buckle

Misalignment of the rails generally caused by


high rail stresses due to high temperatures.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail cascaded

Rail which has been removed from one track


and relayed on another track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail circuit

Train Detection equipment using the rails in an


electric circuit, which detects the presence of a
train (as opposed to its absence). Also see
track circuit and overlay track circuit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

rail combined wear

Rail wear where both side and top wear are


significant. Combined wear may be calculated
by determining the loss of cross-sectional area
as a percentage of the original area of the head.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

rail contact stress

Stress in rail head from local deformation in the AS7508


region of the contact with the wheel. The
magnitude and depth of the maximum stress is
dependent on the tangential and normal forces
and also the curvature of the wheel and rail
surfaces. High rail contact stresses will
accelerate the deterioration of the rail through a
mechanism termed rolling contact fatigue.

rail corridor

The land between the rail fences over which a


railway line passes.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail defect

A surface or internal defect in the rail which


may affect the serviceable life of the rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail fastenings

Devices for holding rail to sleepers or to a base CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
plate, which is in turn held to the sleeper.
Railway Terminology'.
Direct fixation of rail to the timber sleeper is by
dog spike, lock spike, or screw spike against
the edge of the rail foot, either with or without
a baseplate. Indirect fixation is achieved by
resilient or elastic fastenings holding rail to the
baseplate and one of the spike types holding the
baseplate to the sleeper. With concrete or steel
sleepers elastic fastenings hold the rail directly
to the sleeper through inserts or shoulders. The
main elastic fastenings in use on Australian
railways are fist, pandrol, safelock and
trak-lok.

rail gauge corner

The section of the crown of the rail on the side


towards the track centreline which has a slope
of between 10 degrees and 50 degrees to the
line joining the highest points on the two rails.

AS7508

rail inclination

See cant (rail).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail level

The level of the top of the rail in track. On a


curve the inner or low leg is used for
measurements.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail motor

Self propelled passenger rail vehicle.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

91

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE
Railway Terminology'.

rail network

See railway network.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail operator

A generic term that refers to an accredited


operator of rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail pad

The bearing between the rail and the sleeper.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail safety regulator

A state or territory government body


responsible for ensuring compliance with the
local rail safety legislation.

AS7501

rail safety worker

A person performing or responsible for safetyrelated work, be that person a paid member of
the staff of the railway, a contractor,
subcontractor or an employee of either, or a
volunteer.

AS 4292.1-2006

rail seat

The area on top of the sleeper on which the rail


sits extending between the field and gauge
shoulders.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail side wear

Rail wear that normally occurs in the high leg


of curved track and has only a minimal amount
of top wear. Side wear can be measured either
by determining the width of the rail 16mm
below the running surface in mm, or the loss of
head area as a percentage of the original head
area.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

rail surface defect

A rail surface condition, for example


corrugation, checking and rust, which does not
permit an adequate ultrasonic test.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

railtemperature

The temperature of rail as recorded on the


shade side of the rail web at the time of
working.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail top wear

Rail wear that normally occurs on the top


running surface of the rail in tangent track or
the low legs of curves. Usually has a minimal
side wear component.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

rail traffic

Trains and track vehicles.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail vehicle

Vehicle that operates on or uses a railway track


for the carriage of passengers or freight and
includes a train, carriage and wagon. Term 'rail
vehicle' generally used where the context
requires, or is enhanced by, a differentiation
between rail and road vehicles.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'

rail vehicle classification

A four character group indicating the owner,


type of vehicle and operating characteristics.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail vehicle classification


check letters

A letter determined by special formula, which


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
is included in all vehicle identification numbers Railway Terminology'.
as a suffix.

rail vehicle detection


territory

The portions of line where the system of


safeworking relies on track circuiting or axle
counters.

rail, asymmetrical

An irregular shaped rail of low height and thick CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
web, which is used primarily for the
Railway Terminology'.
manufacture of switches for tangential turnout
points. The short length of the switch rail
permits resilient rail fastening of the gauge side
of the stock rail.

rail, closure

A length of rail shorter than standard length


which is used to join sections of longer rails or
to join turnout components.

92

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' and 1st public consultation
suggestion.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

rail, common

A rail in third rail or dual gauge trackwork


which is utilised by traffic of both gauges.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, control cooled

The process of controlling the cooling rate of


rolled rail to eliminate hydrogen inclusions.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, head hardened

Rail which has had the head heat treated after


rolling to increase the hardness. The hardness
increase is generally in the order of 80 Brinell
hardness points.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, plain carbon

Rail typically used by railways. It contains


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
carbon in the order of 0.6-0.8% and manganese Railway Terminology'.
of 0.6-1.0%.

rail, primary

Unwelded rail, comprising standard length and


approved short length rails as supplied by the
manufacturer.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, recycled

See rail, serviceable.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, running

A rail on which the wheel is supported and


guided.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, serviceable

Previously used rail which is in a suitable


condition for reuse in trackwork.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail, transposed

Rail which has been removed from track and


relayed, generally on the same track, but with
the running edge transposed, i.e. former field
side placed on gauge side.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rail-connect

To connect overhead wiring supply to the


traction return rail to ensure the immediate
discharge of electricity if the overhead wiring
becomes live.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

Railcorp

The NSW Government organisation constituted CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
under the Transport Administration Act 1988,
Railway Terminology'.
that manages and provides access to the
government owned rail network of NSW.

RailCorp network

Sydney metropolitan standard gauge network.

AS7505

railguard

A deflector mounted in front of the leading


wheels of a vehicle to deflect small objects
from the rails. Also known as 'lifeguards' or
'guard-irons'.

AS7507

railway

A guided system designed for the movement of


rollingstock, which has the capability of
transporting passengers, freight or both on a
track together with its infrastructure and
associated sidings, and includes a heavy
railway, light railway, an inclined railway or a
tramway including a street tramway, having a
nominal gauge in each case not less than
600mm, but excludes crane type runways and
slipways.

AS 4292.1-2006

railway employee

An employee or contractor of an owner or


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
operator who performs railway safety work and Railway Terminology'.
includes a person who performs railway safety
work on a voluntary or unpaid basis.

railwayfunctional area

Railway functional areas are: (a) Infrastructure CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
- All aspects relating to the provision of track,
Railway Terminology'.
civil and electrical infrastructure. (b) Rolling
Stock - All aspects relating to the provision of
items of rolling stock. (c) Signals and
Communications - All aspects relating to the
provision of signalling, telecommunications
and train monitoring equipment. (d) Traffic
Management i) All aspects relating to
provision and implementation of traffic (train)

93

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

control and uniform safeworking rules,


regulations and procedures, and relevant
aspects of train integrity. ii) All aspects
relating to the provision and implementation of
train movement, planning, marshalling, consist
requirements, dispatch, crewing and inspection
and relevant aspects of train integrity.
railwayinfrastructure

Facilities other than rolling stock necessary for


a railway to operate safely including railway
track, associated track structures, over- or
under-track structures, supports (including
supports for railway equipment or items
associated with the use of a railway), tunnels,
bridges, stations, platforms, train control
systems, signalling systems, communication
systems, electric traction infrastructure,
buildings, workshops and associated
equipment.

AS 4292.1-2006

railwayinfrastructure

See civil infrastructure.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

railway network

A railway system within Australia owned or


AS7509
managed by a track manager. Some railway
networks are connected to others and permit
interoperability. Other railway networks are not
connected to others.

railway operation

Any one or more of the following: (a) the


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
construction and maintenance, or the
Railway Terminology'.
construction or maintenance, of infrastructure
of a railway; (b) the operation or movement, or
causing the operation or movement, by any
means, of any rolling stock on a railway,
including operating a railway service if the
operator of the service operates or moves, or
causes the operation or movement of, rolling
stock; (c) the construction and maintenance,
or construction or maintenance, of rolling
stock.

railway owner /
manager

See track manager.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

railway safety audits

A system of regular audits to verify whether


railway safety activities comply with the
planned arrangements and to determine the
effectiveness of the railway safety system.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

railway service

A passenger service or a freight service; or the


service of providing (or providing and
operating) railway infrastructure for another
industry participant.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

railway track

See track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

railway workplace

(a) a place that is, or at which is located, rail


transport infrastructure or other rail
infrastructure; (b) another place used by an
accredited person to conduct activities in
relation to managing a railway or operating
rolling stock on a railway.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rake

Vehicles, usually not formed as a train, moved


as a unit during shunting and marshalling.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ramp (crocodile)

Metallic ramp placed between track rails which International Electrotechnical Vocabulary
may be electrically energised and which, by
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
contact with a pick-up carried by the train,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.
actuates the repeater mechanism.

ramp (flange)

That portion within a flangeway where the

94

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

wheel flange makes initial contact and is


gradually elevated to the plateau.

Railway Terminology'.

ready to start indicator

A non-preferred term for right away


indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

ready to start plunger

A non-preferred term for right away plunger.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

realignment

The process of re-establishing the track to the


design horizontal and vertical alignment for
tangents and curves.

rear

Alternative term for approach to.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

REB

Abbreviated term for relocatable equipment


building.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

reballasting

The process for replacing or adding additional


ballast to the existing ballast.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

reciprocal locking

The provision of locking between functions to


ensure that conditions cannot be broken down,
that is if 1 locks 2, then 2 must lock 1. This
form of locking is provided automatically by
mechanical interlocking. Also known as
converse locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

red (aspect)

Displayed by a colour light signal, indicates to


the driver to stop at that signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

red bond

A traction return cable which, if disconnected, UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
could result in either the bond itself or the
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
equipment to which it was connected rising to a 2004.
dangerously high potential. The bond is
identified by red colour.

red card

See defect card.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

reduced overlap

An overlap that is shorter than the minimum


permitted length of a full overlap, where the
permitted approach speed is below a specified
level which still allows an unrestricted
approach to a signal at danger.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

reefer

U.S. slang for a refrigerated wagon. A box


wagon with insulated walls, roof and floor,
with or without provision for the application of
refrigeration equipment. Sometimes used to
refer to refrigerated containers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

re-enterable cable joint

A form of cable joint housing which is not


permanently sealed, permitting subsequent
access to the joint interior without destruction
of the housing or cable.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

re-enterablecable route

A cable route where the cables can be added or


removed from the route e.g. surface troughing
or underground conduit.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

reflective delineators

Reflectors or reflective decals / sheeting.

AS7531

refrigerated wagon

A box wagon with insulated walls, roof and


floor, with or without provision for the
application of refrigeration equipment.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

refuge loop

A running line in double-line territory, with


entry and exit ends connected to a main line,
that is used to hold a train or track vehicle to

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

95

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

allow other rail traffic to cross or pass.


regulating

The mechanical process of forming the ballast


to the standard track profile.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

regulator

See rail safety regulator.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

relay

An electro-mechanical switching device used


in many types of signalling systems.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

relayinterlocking

A power interlocking area where the


interlocking between lever functions is
achieved electrically by interdependent relay
circuits. The signaller operates the levers on a
relay interlocking control unit. relay
interlocking control unit: An interlocking
control unit, which is fitted with electrical
switches called miniature levers (either
pushbutton, toggle key or rotary switch type).
The miniature levers do not directly operate the
points and signals. Instead, they operate
interdependent electrical relays which check
that there are no conflicting movements set
before the required points and signals are
operated.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004. RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

release

The removal of locking on a function, for


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
example, the removal of route locking or the
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
unlocking of a function such as a ground frame. 2004.

release speed

The calculated speed of a train approaching a


signal at which the signal is permitted to clear
to a less restrictive aspect.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

releasing switch

An electric lock located adjacent to a ground


frame which when energised enables a switch
to be turned to release a key to unlock the
ground frame. The releasing switch is
interlocked with the signalling.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

reliability

The ability of an item of equipment or a system AS 4292.4-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and
to perform a required function under stated
Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.
conditions for a stated period of time or at a
given point in time.

relief point

A nominated crew change location.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

relief train

Is a breakdown or other train, locomotive or


locomotives coupled proceeding to clear an
obstruction or assist a disabled train.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

relocatableequipment
building (REB)

A walk-in apparatus housing.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

reminder appliance

A device or control used to remind the signaller UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
that a function such as a button, switch or lever Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
should not be operated/should only be operated 2004.
under certain conditions. Also see collar.

remote control override

An alternate, simpler system provided to keep


traffic moving in the event of failure of
electronic remote control equipment whereby
certain signal routes can be set to automatic
operation.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

remote controlled
location

A location where signals and/or points are


controlled by a qualified worker at another
location.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

remote controlled
signalling (RCS)

Safeworking where train movements are


governed by aspects displayed in colour light
signals which are controlled from a remote

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

96

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

location and by the passage of trains.


remote controlled
station

A block station where the switches and signals


are controlled from a location remote from that
block station.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

removable exit window

A removal system where the emergency


window glazing is hinged opened, or removed
as a complete integral unit.

RISSB Roll standard Roll 22-4

repeater

A device conveying information as to the


condition of an operated unit. An alternative
term for an indicator (in a signal box).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

repeater mechanism on
engines

Apparatus ensuring acoustic repeating of


certain signals and the recording of their
indication by means of devices installed in the
cabs of locomotives.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

repeater signal

A signal provided at some locations to give


drivers and track vehicle operators better
information about the indication of the next
signal.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

replacement (of signals)

The change from a proceed aspect to red when


the conditions required by the interlocking
aspect level cease to be satisfied. Replacement
upon a train entering the route may be delayed
(second track and/or last wheel) if required for
propelling movements. Also refers to the
change of aspect of a distant signal to caution.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

replacement switch

A switch or button located in the signal box


that enables the signaller to replace an
automatic Signal to danger. The signal is
proved to be at red and alight. Also see
emergency replacement switch.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

REPOS

Abbreviation for road environment percentage


occurrence spectrum.

AS7519

reserve (railway)

The area of land intended for a specific


purpose, e.g. pedestrian, railway.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

resetting

Placing equipment or systems (for example


axle counters) into a state which is suitable for
restoration to service.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

residual risk

The remaining level of risk after risk treatment


measures have been taken.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

resilient rail fastening

A fastening that provides a degree of elasticity COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
between the sleeper and rail with the aim of
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
avoiding the loosening of the fastening due to
Terminology'.
vibration, as well as enhancing the ability of
the fastening system to resist longitudinal creep
forces and buckling forces associated with
continuously welded rail (CWR).

resleepering

The process of replacing existing sleepers with


new or serviceable sleepers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

resonated impedance
bond

An impedance bond provided with a secondary


winding, connected to a capacitor, to increase
the impedance of the bond to track circuit
currents.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

restoration to service

Accepting reset equipment or systems back into UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
service.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

restrictedoverlap (ROL)

An overlap that is shorter than the minimum


permitted length of a full overlap, which is
available only when the preceding signal is
subject to approach control by selection of a
warning class route.

97

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

restroking

See oversetting.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

RETB

Abbreviated term for radio electronic token


block.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

return conductor

A conductor attached to the overhead traction


wiring equipment structures that carries return
traction current.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

reverse(function)

Position of a lever (or switch) when it is pulled


fully in the lever frame (or operated).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

reverse (points)

The opposite position to normal (points).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

reverse contact

A term used to designate a current carrying


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
contact when the operating mechanism is in the Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
reverse position.

reversible line

Non-preferred term for a bi-directional line.

right away hand signal

An indication given to a train crew that


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
passengers have left or boarded the train safely. Railway Terminology'.
May also be referred to as 'right of way'.

right away indicator


(RA)

An indicator that displays RA to inform the


driver that a train may start from a platform.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

right away plunger

The plunger or other device used to initiate the


operation of a right away indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

right of way

The whole of the land contained within the


boundaries of the railway reserve.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

right running direction

The normal direction of travel on unidirectional RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
lines.
March 2009.

right side failure

A failure which does not result in the protection UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
provided by the signalling system being
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
reduced. Also known as a negligible risk
2004.
failure. Also see fail-safe.

rigid check of switch


blade

Check of the switch blade by a connection


coupled rigidly and continuously to the switch
blade.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

riser block

A block within the flangeway which


incorporates ramps and a plateau for the
purpose of elevating a wheel tread over a gap.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

RISSB

Abbreviation for Railway Industry Safety and


Standards Board. A wholly owned entity of
the Australasian Railway Association (ARA),
responsible for development and management
of the Australian Code of Practice (ACOP).

AS7501

RLAP

Abbreviation for 'Regulatory Legislative


Advisory Panel'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

road

The term used to describe a designated rail


track within the terminal area or shunting yard.
The term to make a road refers to the setting
of points, signals etc and the clearing of derail
devices so that a particular track path is clear
for rail traffic.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

road rail vehicle

A road vehicle fitted with retractable rail


guidance wheels. Also see hi-rail vehicle.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

98

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

rockfall detector

A detector installed to detect large objects


falling from a cliff or slope above the track and
operated when trip wires between fixed points
are broken or stretched. Used to raise alarms
and/or place protecting signals to stop.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

rodding

The rods connecting a remote point operating


lever and the points.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

ROL

Abbreviated term for restricted overlap.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

roll-by

A visual inspection of a train to identify


equipment, loading security or other defects or
failure whilst the train is moving.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'

roller axle bearings

Bearings using rolling elements between the


moving load-bearing surfaces (cylindrical,
spherical and taper rollers).

AS7516

rolling brand (rail)

A brand rolled into the centreline of the web of CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
the rail in raised letters and numerals. It
Railway Terminology'.
indicates the rail manufacturer and month and
year of manufacture. Australian Standard rails
are also branded with the year of the Australian
Standard to which the rail conforms. The
rolling brand is repeated several times on a
standard rail length.

rolling stock

Any vehicle that operates on, or intends to


operate on, or uses a railway track, including
any loading on such a vehicle, but excluding a
vehicle designed for both on- and off-track use
when not operating on the track. Rolling stock
is a collective term for a large range of rail
vehicles of various types, including
locomotives, freight wagons, passenger cars,
track machines and road-rail vehicles.

AS7501 AS7507

rolling stock gauge

See rolling stock outline.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rolling stock operation

Includes provision, maintenance or movement


of rolling stock.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

rolling stock outline

A generic term for the three-dimensional size


of a railway vehicle including its movements
that consists of three specific parts, the static
outline, kinematic outline and swept outline.

AS7507

rolling stock provider

A person provides rolling stock if the person,


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
as part of an undertaking carried on by him, her Railway Terminology'.
or it, designs, constructs, maintains, repairs or
alters the rolling stock.

rollover

Derailment mechanism where the rolling stock


rolls over onto its side, pivoting about the
wheels on that side.

AS7509

rotary contact

Contact where the moving contact piece is a


conductive segment on a rotary drum which
turns to bring the segment into contact with the
fixed contact piece.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

route

The path along a section of track between one


signal and the next, along which an authorised
movement is to be made.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

route class

A category of route which determines the type


of signal controls to be provided. Also see
call-on, main, shunt and POSA.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

route control system


interlocking

A system whereby a route is set and the signal RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
leading over it is cleared by the signaller
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
operating a route setting button or buttons. Two

99

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

types are in use, one being the Entrance-Exit


or Push-Push type whereby the signaller
operates one push- button at the
commencement and a second at the finish of
the route. The other is the one control switch
(OCS) type whereby a separate switch or pushbutton is provided for each route on a signal
and the signaller operates the switch or pushbutton for the route required. The interlocking
between routes may be relay interlocking or
computer based interlocking.
route holding

An alternative to the term route locking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

route indicator

An indicator working in conjunction with a


signal indication. It is provided at the
divergence of two or more lines, and indicates
to the driver the route to be taken by the train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

route lever (one way)

Route lever (or push-button) which, once


operated, returns immediately to normal and
which is to be moved in the same way whether
a route is to be established or released.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

route locking

A form of Interlocking which maintains the


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
locking associated with a route in use until after Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
the train has passed clear of the equipment
2004.
being locked (for example, points or opposing
signal). The release may be effective only after
a time delay. Also known as maintained
locking or route holding.

route relay interlocking


(RRI)

A relay based interlocking system controlled


from a route setting panel. Usually refers to a
free-wired interlocking.

route setting

A system in which all points in a route are set


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
to the required positions, and the signal at the
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
entrance to the route cleared by the operation of 2004.
one or two control functions.

route signalling

System of signalling in which the signals


indicate the state of occupancy and conditions
on the track ahead, and the route which the
train is authorised to follow.

Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of


Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.

routine test

A test conducted on every vehicle that will be


registered to operate. Also see type test.

AS7507 AS7508

RRI

Abbreviated term for route relay interlocking. UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

RSPSC

Abbreviated term for 'Rail Safety Package


Steering Committee'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

RSRP

Abbreviated term for 'Rail Safety Regulators


Panel'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

RSSB

Abbreviation for Railway Safety and


Standards Board for the UK railways.

AS7505

rubber tyred gantry

See gantry crane.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

ruling grade

The steepest grade on the route that limits the


through load permitted to be hauled by the
respective classes of locomotives.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

run

A sequence of trips assigned to be worked by a


particular set of rollingstock

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

run through

A movement through trailing points set in the


wrong position. Damage to the point

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

100

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

mechanism and switch rail usually results.

2004.

running edge

The side or edge of a rail or trackwork


component where the inside edge of the wheel
flange makes contact.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

running face

The inside face of the head of a running rail


which contacts the flange of the train wheel.
(also gauge face).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

running inspection

An inspection of a train prior to the start of its


journey to ensure no faults are found.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

running line

A line (other than a siding) that is used for the


through movement of trains.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'

running move
derailment

Any derailment occurring in the normal


forward movement of a train on a running line
after it has fully completed its marshalling and
pre-journey examination.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

running movement

Any movement on running lines authorised by


a proceed authority (PA).

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

running repairs

Minor repairs carried out on locomotives or


wagons without removing them from traffic.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

running signal

A fixed signal placed near a running line to


authorise and control running movements
between one signal and the next. Also an
alternative term for main signal.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'. UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

running surface

The crown or top surface of a rail or trackwork


component which supports the wheel tread.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

safe system of work

Formal method of work devised from taking


account of all likely sources of danger to
provide for the safety of those involved,
affected by, or in the vicinity of the work.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

safety action

An action which is proposed or has been taken


to address a particular safety deficiency which
has come to light during an investigation.

AS 4292.7-2006

safety case

A formal presentation of evidence, arguments


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
and assumptions aimed at providing assurance Railway Terminology'.
that a system, product or other change to the
railway has met its safety requirements and that
the safety requirements are adequate.

safety critical

Directly influencing safety (when applied to


equipment or systems).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

safety critical worker

A worker whose action or inaction may lead


directly to a serious incident affecting the rail
network.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

safety culture

The product of individual and group values,


attitudes, perceptions, competencies and
patterns of behaviour that determine
commitment to, and the style and proficiency
of, an organisation's health and safety
management.

AS 4292.1-2006

safety data register

The list of key safety-related characteristics of


a particular (class of) rolling stock as listed in
the AS 7500 series of Australian Rolling Stock
Standards.

AS7501

safety deficiency

Any situation related to the operation or


management of the railway system that can
reasonably be regarded as having the
potentialto adversely affect the safety of

AS 4292.7-2006

101

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

railway operations.
safety integrity

The probability of a safety-related system


performing its required safety function under
the required conditions and within the required
time interval.

AS 4292.4-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

safety interface
agreement

see interface coordination plan.

AS 4292.1-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

safetymanagement plan

See Model Rail Safety Bill for definition.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

safetymanagement
system

Any system whose primary objective is to


achieve safe rail operations. Under coregulation the Accreditation Authority has the
role of defining the minimum requirement
forwhat must be included in a specific safety
management system. Generally AS 4292 is
used for this purpose and is seen as a minimum
advisory standard that describes what
procedures should be in a safety management
system. Track managers and operators are free
to nominate equivalent or superior standards
for their safety management system.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

safety related

Having the potential to influence safety (when


applied to equipment or systems).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

safety related system

A system by which the safe operation of


AS 4292.4-2006, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and
equipment or process is achieved, either as an
Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.
integral part of the control function or as a
system designed to respond to a hazardous
condition independently of the control function.

safety related work

Safety activity in one or more of the following:


(a)
Driving and operation of trains. (b)
Control of the movement of trains. (c) The
design, construction, repair, maintenance,
upgrading, inspection or testing of track,
rollingstock, civil and electric traction
infrastructure, and signalling and
telecommunications equipment. (d)
Development, design, implementation and
management of safety related processes. (e)
Any other duties prescribed by an organisation
as safety-related work.

AS 4292.1-2006

safety related worker

See rail safety worker.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

safetyvalidation

A systematic and structured process to ensure


that all risks associated with a change are
identified and are reduced to as low as
reasonably practicable (ALARP) before the
change is implemented.

AS 4292.1-2006

safeworking system

An integrated system of operating procedures


and technology for the safe operation of trains
and the protection of people and property on or
about the railway.

AS 4292.3-2006, AS 4292.4-2006

sand drag

A section of line covered in sand or other


retarding material on a dead-end line, provided
in special instances to retard an overrunning
movement. Also known as an arrestor.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SARI

Abbreviated term for standard alphanumeric


route indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SAS SPAD

Abbreviated term for start against signal


SPAD. (Colloquially ding, ding and away.)

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

102

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE
2004.

SCADA system

A supervisory control and data acquisition


telemetry system.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

scarf

The position on a crossing where a (scarf) rail


joins into a machined notch in the nose rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

scarf rail

The rail forming a V which joins the nose rail


at the machined notch. Also referred to as the
male half of vee.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

scheduling

Scheduling is the process of co-ordinating


arrival and departure times for train services at
the beginnning, intermediate and destination
locations of a journey. This scheduling meets
the requirements of individual railway
operators, their customers and the integration
of other planned and unplanned requirements
such as maintenance.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

scheme plan

A longitudinal scaled or dimensioned track


layout plan that is produced to depict new or
altered signalling systems. Also see signalling
plan.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

scissor(crossover)

Two intersecting crossovers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

SCOT

Abbreviated term for 'Standing Committee of


Transport'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

SCOT rail group

Sub-committee of the Standing Committee of


Transport.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

scotch block

A wedge to prevent the movement of stationary UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
vehicles or the open switch rail of a set of
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
points.
2004.

screwspike

A threaded fastener used to attach plates to


sleepers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

SCT

Abbreviated term for surface concrete


troughing.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SCWO (track circuit)

Abbreviated term for showing clear when


occupied.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SDS

Abbreviated term for signallers display subsystem.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

sealed release

An emergency release which requires a seal to


be broken prior to operation.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

searchlight signal

A colour light signal that can display red,


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
yellow and green aspects from a single optical Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
assembly. Modern forms employ LED or fibre 2004.
optic technology; heritage types change aspect
by placing separate coloured lenses in front of a
single lamp.

seat utilisation

A measure of the total number of passengers


per train divided by the total seating.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

section

The line between two successive interlockings


or block locations.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

sectioninsulator

Insulation introduced into the contact/catenary CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
wires between two electrical subsections of
Railway Terminology'.
overhead line equipment, arranged so that the
pantographs may pass from one subsection to
the other smoothly and without break of
electrical contact whilst still providing isolation

103

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

between the subsections.


section running time

The train running time between one block


station and the block station in advance.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

section signal

A stop signal controlling the entrance to a


block section or Intermediate block section
ahead. Also see home signal, starting signal
and advanced starting signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

section token

A type of electronic token for an RETB


section.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

sectionalappendix

A document produced by the infrastructure


controller providing route specific information
relevant to train operating and trackside staff.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

sectional route release

Route releasing designed to release


sequentially, usually one track section at a time
behind the train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

sectional route release


locking

Route locking, the action of which ceases on


those points over which the train has run and
on the corresponding protecting points.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

secure

To place and keep something in a known or


prepared place or position to safeguard it
against accidental or unauthorised access or
movement.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

secure power supply

A power supply system that can be relied upon


to keep certain safety-critical signalling
functions operating for a predetermined
minimum time, in the event of a total incoming
supply failure.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

security

Protection of persons, property and railway


operation by means of arrangements to reduce
the risk of harm from criminal acts of other
parties such as theft, assault, sabotage and
terrorism.

AS 4292.1-2006

selection

The logic by which signals are allowed to show RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
a proceed indication only when all conditions
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
have been satisfied.

self- normalisingpoints

An alternative term for self-restored points.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

self-propelled passenger
rolling stock

Non-locomotive hauled passenger-carrying


rolling stock, e.g. multiple unit trains and rail
motors.

RISSB Roll standard Roll 11-3

self-restoredpoints

Power operated points which are automatically UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
returned by the interlocking to the normal
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
position to provide protection after a movement 2004.
via the points reverse. Normalisation occurs
after the route has been released and the track
section has been clear for a predetermined time.

semaphore signal

A signal which informs a driver by means of


the position of a mechanical arm during
daylight and by coloured lights during
darkness.

semi automatic signal

See automatic signal.

sense and brake unit

End of train device which forms part of the end


of train monitoring system (ETMS). Sends a
signal to the in-cab integrated function display
(IFD).

sequentialinterlocking

Interlocking which compels a certain sequential International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


order in the working of the levers.
Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

104

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

sequential locking

Locking applied to successive running signals


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
to enforce the replacement of one lever (arm or Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
aspect) before the lever controlling the signal in 2004.
rear is free to be pulled. This locking is nonreciprocal and may be performed electrically or
mechanically.

series bonding

The fail safe method of bonding track circuits


with rail sections connected in series, such that
a single failure results in the track circuit
showing occupied.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

series/parallelbonding

The bonding of one rail of a turnout as series


bonding and the other rail of the turnout as
parallel bonding.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

serious safeworking
breach

Significant departure from safeworking


procedures, other than passing a signal at stop,
which could compromise safety.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

service braking distance

The distance to stop a train under normal


braking, when travelling at its maximum
permissible speed for the line, and with regard
to the performance capability of the train and
its location.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

service period

The period of time in service use until


scheduled withdrawal for the next overhaul.

AS7516 AS7517

serviceprovider

An organisation contracted to an operator to


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
provide locomotives, wagons and crews or
Railway Terminology'.
other service to enable the operation of the train
on the network.

serviceable material

Previously used or part worn material which is


suitable for re-use.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

set (points)

Refers to the interlocking function which


controls the movement of the points to their
correct position. Successful completion of the
setting process results in correspondence.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

set back

To move in the direction opposite to that


provided in the proceed authority.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

set in rail

A permanent sharp bend or curve in a rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

set to work test

This is not a certification test but part of the


process of setting the equipment to work
correctly. It is the initial powering up of the
signalling circuitry and local apparatus at a
relay room or location case to test that it is able
to carry out its function correctly.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

setting

The interlocking function controlling the


movement of points or other moveable
components to the correct position.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SFAIRP

Abbreviation for 'so far as is reasonably


practicable'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

shall

Indicates that a statement is mandatory.

AS 4292.1-2006

shelf mounted plug in


relay

A conversion unit which directly replaces a


shelf type relay. Once installed, any further
relay replacement is by replacing the plug in
relay portion of the assembly.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

shelf type relay

A relay designed for installation on a shelf or


other flat surface. The electrical connections
are made to individual terminals on its top
surface.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

shieldingimpedance
track circuit

A series resistor, parallel inductance


impedance unit inserted in a single rail 50
Hertz AC track relay circuit to limit, divert and

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

105

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

prevent traction return DC current affecting the


AC track relay.
short welded rail

Track where the rail is welded into lengths less


than 110m, with the rail lengths joined by
mechanical joints.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'

should

Indicates a recommendation.

AS 4292.1-2006, AS 4292.2-2006, AS 4292.32006, AS 4292.4-2006, AS 4292.5-2006

shunt

1. Operations: The movement of trains or rail


vehicles for the purpose of marshalling trains
or altering their consist. 2. Electrical: A bypath introduced into an electric circuit.
3. Route class: A Route used for low-speed
non- passenger movements.

1. COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'. 2. RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary
of Signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008. 3. UK
Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunt access

Used in train order territory only. Authority to


occupy the location for shunting purposes.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

shunt ahead signal

Subsidiary signals fixed on the post of a


home/starting or starting signal, and giving
authority for the signal to be passed for
shunting purposes only into a single line
section.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunt locomotive

1. A locomotive used solely for movement of


vehicles in a yard or terminal; 2. A locomotive
assigned to shunting duties.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

shunt token

A type of electronic token for shunting


movements, usually in RETB controlled areas
of the railway.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunt, train

A by-path in a track circuit formed by the


wheels and axles of a vehicle occupying that
section of the track, the value of which is
usually expressed in ohms to indicate the
efficiency of the operation of the track circuit.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunt-ahead signal

A type of subsidiary signal authorising


shunting movements ahead of a section signal.
Also see draw ahead (aspect).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunter

A qualified worker who directs train


movements for amalgamation, division or
altering train consists.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

shunting and emergency


movements

Any movement authorised by a proceed


restricted authority (PRA), work authority
(WA) or shunt authority (SHA).

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

shunting frame

A manned control point (usually elevated) that


can be released by a power signal box for local
shunting movements.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunting movement

The movement of trains or vehicles other than


normal passage along running lines.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

shunting sensitivity

The shunting sensitivity of a track circuit is


expressed in terms of its drop shunt value.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

shunting signal

A fixed signal provided to authorise and


control shunting movements.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

shunting yard

A system of tracks, within defined limits, used


for shunting.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

shut-in

Clear of, and protected from, the running line.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

side bearers

Brackets or assemblies on both sides of the


longitudinal centre of a bogie that limit the roll
of the underframe on the bogie bolster.

AS7509

side light

A small aperture at the side of a colour light

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling

106

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

signal repeating the main aspect and giving a


close-up indication.

Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

siding

A section of railway track, connected by points


to a running line or another siding, on which
rolling stock can be placed clear of the running
line and normally used for purposes such as
stabling, loading, rollingstock maintenance or
passing of trains.

sighting distance

The distance along the track where a limit of


authority or warning prior to a limit of
authority can be first reasonably viewed by the
train crew of an approaching train, and the
physical location of that limit of authority
warning. Also referred to as sighting point.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

signal

A visual display device which conveys


instructions or provides prior warning of
instructions regarding the drivers authority to
proceed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal aspect

The displayed pattern or position of lights or


arms used to give a signal indication.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

signal backlight

A light displayed at the back of a signal to


show that the aspect is illuminated.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

signal box

The place where points, signals, interlocking


apparatus or signal control panels are operated.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

signal box diagram

A diagrammatic representation of the area


controlled by the signal box exhibited in the
signal box for the guidance of the signaller.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal circuit controller

Electric circuit controller, the position of which International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


depends on that of the arm or of the target of a Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
signal. It is used to check that signal.
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

signal head

The part of a colour light signal from which the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
aspects are displayed.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signalidentification plate The plate attached to the signal post for unique
identification of the signal. Also reffered to as
name plate.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signalindication

The visual indication of the position or aspect


of a fixed signal.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

signal key switches

A specially fitted device which enables the


aspect of a signal to be restricted to 'red' in the
field.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

signal number

The number associated with a signal for


identification.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal off

The signal displaying a proceed indication.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

signal off indicator

An alternative term for off indicator.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal on

The signal at stop.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

signal operator

See signaller.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

signal passed at danger


(SPAD)

Unauthorized passing of a signal displaying a


stop indication as follows: 1. completely
missed; 2. driver misjudged; 3. Restored as
train approached; 4. other.

AS 4292.1 and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

signal position

A term used to describe indications of signals


given by semaphore arms.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

107

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

signal post replacement


switch

A switch on or near the post of a colour light


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
signal which enables the signal to be turned and Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
maintained at red by means of a key.
2004.

signal post telephone


(SPT)

A telephone provided at a signal, enabling the


driver to communicate with the signaller, to
report a fault or incident or to remind the
signaller of the presence of a train detained at
the signal that is displaying a danger aspect.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal proving

Checking the aspect or the control of a signal.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

signal rail

An alternative term for insulated railor


'signalling rail'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal repeater

An indicator, in a signal box, which indicates


whether a signal is at stop or clear.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

signal route

A section of track from a signal which provides RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
an authority to proceed into that section up to
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
the next signal, buffer stop, stop board, or limit
of shuntboard, that represents the limit of the
authority to proceed.

signal section

A section of track between two consecutive


running signals in the direction of travel.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

signal sighting

The activity of locating a signal for the


purposes of optimum approach view by the
driver.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signal stick

The disengaging of a signal after it has been


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
used by a train, to prevent the signal from
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
subsequently showing a proceed aspect until
2004.
the route has been cancelled and again set. Also
see lever stick

signaller

A qualified worker who issues proceed


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
authorities, and works points, signals and other Railway Terminology'.
signalling equipment usually located in a signal
box, to manage routes for safe and efficient
transit of rail traffic.

signallers display subsystem (SDS)

The signallers interface with the IECC. The


signaller is able to control signalling functions
and receive indications through the
workstation.

signallers route lists

A list of all point ends and releases between the UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
entrance-exit signals of a signalled route,
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
showing the position to which each is required 2004.
to be set. Used primarily in degraded mode
operation.

signalling and
telecommunic ations
infrastructure

Signalling equipment and telecommunications


equipment provided and used as part of the
safeworking and operating systems of the
railway, but excluding supports for such
equipment.

AS 4292.1-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'


and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

signalling and
telecommunic ations
system

A system which provides a means to safely


regulate the movement of trains on a railway
through the use of appropriate technology.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

signalling centre

Alternative term for signal box. Also known


as control centre.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signallingcontrols

Signalling functions that control, release or are


released by other signalling functions for a
particular layout. signalling controls are
expressed in a control table.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signallingdetection

A system that detects the presence of a train or

AS7505

108

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

system

any other on track vehicle intended to be


detected on a section of track. Systems include
track circuits, axle counters, treadles and global
positioning systems.

signallingdiagram

Non-preferred term for signal box diagram.

signalling
facilitiesdiagram

A plan, produced at an early stage in the


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
development of a project, showing operating
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
requirements and infrastructure features,
2004.
including the track layout, stations, level
crossings. It is used as a basis for producing the
scheme plan.

signallingfunction

A signal, set of points or other part of the train


control system.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signalling plan

A longitudinally scaled or dimensioned track


layout plan showing the signalling functions
with their identities. It generally relates to a
specific signal box control area and is a
derivative of the scheme plan.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

signalling rail

The rail of a single rail track circuit that is


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
independent from the traction return path and is Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
used only for the track circuit current.
2004.

signalling system

A series of electrical, electronic, electromechanical units brought together to form a


system which controls the safe movement of
trains.

signalling workstation

The generic term used for the signallers display UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
system.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SIL

Abbreviated term for safety integrity level.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

SIMBIDS

Abbreviated term for simplified bi-directional


signalling.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

similar flexure

A turnout on a curve where the direction of the


turnout diverging move is the same as for the
curve.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

simplified bi- directional Bi-directional signalling where the signalling in UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
the opposite direction to normal traffic provides Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
signalling (SIMBIDS)
for a lower speed and/or capacity than that in
2004.
the normal direction, and bi-directional
operation is only required in connection with
possessions or emergencies affecting the other
line(s).
single aspect

A colour light signal capable of displaying only UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
one aspect. This may be red (fixed red) or
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
yellow (fixed distant signal).
2004.

single light signalling

A system of colour light signalling where the


running signal indication is given by a single
colour light (plus a band of three lights for a
turnout indication).

single line

A single running line on which trains can travel RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
in either direction.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

single line track block

A track block system of safeworking used on


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
single lines which allows only one train to be in Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
the section between interlockings at any one
time.

single line working

The operation of a main line upon which trains

109

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

are operated in either direction on a single


track.

'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway


Terminology'.

single rail track circuit

A track circuit in which one rail is dedicated


for signalling purposes and contains insulated
joints, the other rail being used as the common
traction retrun current and signalling current
rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

single slip

A combination of a diamond crossing with two


point ends without the need of separate
crossings (points).

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

single track

A line that consists mostly of only one track


where only one train is able to travel/pass at
one time.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

single yellow (aspect)

Displayed by a colour light signal, informs the


driver to expect the next main signal to be at
danger.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

single-slippoints

A combination of a crossing and single


connecting track, located within the limits of
the crossing, and made up of a right-hand
switch from the other track, which unite to
form the connecting track without additional
crossings.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

single-unit (SU) vehicle

A vehicle designed to operate as a stand-alone


vehicle, with a drivers compartment and
control unit at one or both ends.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

six foot

The area between the closest rails of adjacent


tracks.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

skeletal wagon

A wagon whose only longitudinal load bearing


structure between the bogies is the centre sill.
The load support structure consists of lateral
members attached to the centre sill.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

SL lock

A general safeworking padlock with keys held


by authorised operations and engineering staff.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

slab track

Track fixed with fixation assemblies to a


concrete slab under the rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

sleeper

Sleepers are bearers used to hold the rail in


place at the correct gauge and to transmit loads
through the ballast to the formation. They have
traditionally been made of wood but are
gradually being replaced by concrete or steel
sleepers.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

slip connection

The connection which permits movement from


one line to another at a diamond crossing. Also
see single slip and double slip.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

slip detector

A device capable of detecting track instability, RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
and operated when the distance over the ground Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
increases between two fixed points being
monitored. The detector is used to raise alarms
and/or place protecting signals to stop.

slot

The freight carrying space on a wagon required CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
to carry a standard 6.1 metre (20 foot)
Railway Terminology'.
container. Wagon sizes and train capacities are
typically referred to in slots or teus (twentyfoot equivalent units).

slot ID

A three digit identification code identifying a


particular slot on a wagon.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

slotted signal

This is a manually operated mechanical signal


fitted with an electric device (replacer or
reverser), by means of which the signal is
automatically put to the stop position by
interruption of a track circuit or other

Victorian Rail Industry Operators Group


Standards, Standard Rail Signalling Naming &
Symbol Conventions VRIOGS 012.0.4 Rev.A,
12/10/2009.

110

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

controlling device.
slotting

The control of a signalling function that


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
requires co-operation between two signal boxes Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
or other controlling points.
2004.

slow pick-up relay

A relay which, when energy is applied, will


pick up slower than an ordinary relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

slow release relay

A relay which, when the controlling circuit is


opened or completely shunted, will drop away
slower than an ordinary relay.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

snubbing device

Diode or mechanically operated contacts within UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
the points circuitry that are employed to steer
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
the high inductive load currents (snubbing)
2004.
away from the point motor. This is in addition
to the clutch mechanism. Also a feature of a
level crossing boom mechanism. Also a term
applied to the friction wedge damping
arrangement in the suspension of a 3-piece
freight bogie.

soffit

The underside of a sleeper.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

sole occupancy

The condition under which a block is permitted


to have only one current proceed authority or
work on track authority.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

solebar

Main longitudinal structural member of vehicle


underframe which forms the extreme edges of
the frame. Also known as a "side sill".

AS7520

solenoid

An electromagnetic device consisting of a


plunger moving inside an electromagnetic coil,
used to open and close contacts in an electrical
circuit or to open and close a valve in an
electro-pneumatic or hydraulic pressure line.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

solid state interlocking


(SSI)

A first generation processor based system for


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
controlling the interlocking between points and Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
signals, as well as communication with lineside 2004.
signalling functions using a high integrity
microprocessor based technology both for the
central interlocking (multi-processor module MPM) and for the trackside controls (trackside
function modules - TFMs). Also see
computer based Interlocking.

SOY SPAD

Abbreviated term for start on yellow signal


passed at danger.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

space (lever frame)

The term used on a mechanical lever frame


where a lever is removed and the function is no
longer in use

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

spacing (sleeper)

The separating distance of sleepers, or rail


supports on slab track, measured from the
centreline of the sleepers or supports.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

SPAD

Abbreviation for signal passed at danger.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

SPAD indicator

A colour light signal head that displays flashing UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
red over steady red over flashing red in the
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
event of an associated signal being passed at
2004.
danger without authority.

spare lever

In a lever frame, a lever which is not used for


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
the operation of any signalling equipment. Also Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
see lever (worked to maintain locking).
2004.

spark gap

An electrical device installed at level crossings CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
in single rail track circuit areas, which is
Railway Terminology'.
connected between the rails on both sides of the

111

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

level crossing to afford protection to the


signalling equipment in the event of a fault
between overhead line equipment and the
signalling rail.
spate indicator

A trackside sign which informs the driver that a UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
temporary speed restriction has been
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
withdrawn earlier than published or not applied 2004.
at all.

special loads officer

An officer whom inspects and assesses loading


to determine compliance with the prescribed
loading outline, configuration, dimensions or
mass limitations.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

special locking

Interlocking between two movable parts


occasioned by the particular position of other
parts.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

specialmodified train
examinations (SM)

A special modified train examination (SM)


shall be conducted by examining staff or the
train crew when transfer movements are
required to cross main line (running) lines
when moving between local sidings.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

special proceed
authority (SPA)

A method of special workingin NSW which


may be used when the normal system of
safeworking using proceed authorities is not
available.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

special train notice


(STN)

A published notice providing details of train


operations or events that might affect train
operations.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

special working

Working rail traffic using a special proceed


authority (SPA), pilot staff working or manual
block working.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

speed indicator

A trackside sign which marks the beginning of UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
a speed restriction and indicates the permissible Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
speed. Also see emergency speed restriction. 2004.

speed of divergence

The speed permitted through the diverging


route. Also known as turnout speed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

speed signalling

System of signalling in which signal


indications of the speed at which a train may
travel, and of any speed change required.

Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of


Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.

speedsupervision

An electronic system that restricts over


speeding when TASS is in operation and trains
are able to run at enhanced permissible speed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

spike

A fastener used to attach plates and/or rails to


sleepers, e.g. dogspikes, springspikes,
screwspikes.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

spike killed (sleeper or


timber)

The condition of a sleeper or timber in which


dog spikes or screw spikes have been
previously inserted whereby there is
insufficient sound wood available in the region
of the rail flange or sleeper plate for further
installation of spikes.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

splay rail

A rail outside the running rails placed at the


start of an internal guard rail used to direct a
derailed wheel to the correct side of a guard
rail.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' July 2006 version


revised by Worley Parsons and advised to ITPL by
email from RSSB 2nd Feb 09.

split detection

The proof and indication of the position of


multiple ended sets of points, individually for
each point end.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

splitting banner
repeating signal

A combination of two banner repeating signals


provided on the approach to a junction signal
due to sighting restrictions.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

112

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

spot

A given position at which work is carried out.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

spreader bar

Bars used to hold the points in the correct


position relative to each other.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

spring points

Points equipped with a spring device which


forces the point switches to their original
position after being trailed through and holds
them under spring compression.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

springspike

A fastener used to attach sleeper plates to


sleepers on clip fastened track. The spike
comprises two leaves from one piece of spring
steel, folded to produce a square shank and an
eye.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

SPT

Abbreviated term for signal post telephone.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

spur (track circuit)

A section of running rail required to be


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
electrically common to a series bonded rail, but Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
which is not itself series bonded.
2004.

SSAIinvestigation

A standard method of investigation known as


system safety accident investigation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

SSI

Abbreviated term for solid state interlocking.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

stable

To leave a train, track vehicle or vehicle


unattended and secured, usually in a siding.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

staff

The token used in a train staff system, the


possession of which gives the train permission
to enter a block section.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

staff and ticket territory

The portions of line where the staff and ticket


system of safeworking is used.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

staff and ticket working

A signalling system used on a single line and


employing a single token (train staff). If the
driver does not take the train staff through the
section, a written ticket is issued to authorise
the movement.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

staff station

An interlocking which is provided in order to


work the staff and ticket or electric train staff
system.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

staff ticket

A written authority issued after a driver has


seen the staff for a section.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

stageworks

The phased installation and commissioning of


signalling equipment, as part of a large
resignalling scheme, often of a temporary
nature as alterations proceed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

stakeholders

Those people and organizations who may


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
affect, be affected by, or perceive themselves to Railway Terminology'.
be affected by, a decision or activity.

standard

An authorised document, including


specification, procedure, instruction, directive,
rule or regulation, which may set mandatory
requirements.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

standard alphanumeric
route indicator (SARI)

An alphanumeric route indicator having


medium range (category two) performance.
(Formally known as a theatre or multi-lamp
type route indicator.)

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

standard gauge

The name given to the gauge of track of


1435mm (4' 8").

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

standard length rail

The common length of rail supplied by the

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

113

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

manufacturer.

Railway Terminology'.

standing room

The distance along the track between points of


minimum allowable clearance where rolling
stock is permitted to stand.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

start against signal


SPAD (SASSPAD)

A signal passed at danger (without authority)


upon a train starting from rest, for example
from a station platform.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

start on yellow SPAD


(SOYSPAD)

A signal passed at dangerr (without authority)


subsequent upon a train starting from rest, for
example from a station platform, on a yellow
aspect.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

starting signal

A controlled signal which, when cleared, gives


the driver authority to enter the section
provided that, where required, the driver is in
possession of the authority for the section.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

starting signal control

A control on the starting signal in most block


telegraph sections. This control prevents the
signaller from clearing the starting or
home/starting signal unless the block
instrument is showing line clear.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

static clearance
(electrical)

The safe distance between the earthed materials COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
of any structure and the live parts of the
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
overhead line equipment, under all permissible Terminology'.
conditions and tolerances.

static outline

An outline drawing or specification of a


AS7507
notional vehicle cross-section which prescribes
maximum permissible rolling stock dimensions
under specified conditions of load and
suspension displacements in vertical directions.
The static outline will have an associated
kinematic outline and swept outline.

static switch power


supply

An all electronic emergency changeover device RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
for power supplies.
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

station protection system A system that alerts the driver to stations and
other trackside features via the use of track
magnets.

AS7511

station yard

All tracks at a station protected by signals or


yard limit boards.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

stick (signal)

A term often used to describe a function which


stores or remembers specific conditions of the
signalling equipment. Also known as a latch
in electronic systems. Semi-automatic signals
(see automatic signal) are divided into three
groups, namely stick, semi- stick and nonstick: stick semi-automatic signal: This is a
signal which will not automatically assume the
warning or clear aspect after it has been put to
stop by interruption of the track circuit, until its
manually operated control has been restored to
the normal position and reversed again. semistick semi-automatic signal: This is a signal
which will not automatically assume the
warning or clear aspect after it has been put to
stop by interruption of the track circuit, until a
manually operated control, other than its own
direct control, has been restored to the normal
position. non-stick semi-automatic signal: This
is a signal which will operate automatically as
long as all contacts (including manually
controlled contacts) other than track relay
contacts, affecting its control, are closed.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.
Victorian Rail Industry Operators
Group Standards, Standard Rail Signalling
Naming & Symbol Conventions VRIOGS
012.0.4 Rev.A, 12/10/2009.

stick circuit

A term applied to a circuit used to maintain a

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling

114

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

relay or similar unit energised through its own Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
contact. Signalling relay control circuits may
include approach sticks (re: approach locking),
route sticks (re: route locking), direction sticks
(re: direction proving), track sticks (re: signal
control relay down proving), and/or lever sticks
(re: reclearing of a controlled signal after train
passage).
stock rail

The rail to which a point fits up against in the


closed position. A switch set is made up of the
point and stock rails and associated
components. The term is also sometimes used
loosely to describe other plain rail sections in a
points and crossings structure. joggled stock
rail: A stockrail joggled such that a thick tipped
point switch fits into the set in the stockrail, so
that the running face of the switch lines up with
the running face of the stockrail. With facing
points the opposite point switch is frequently
housed.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'. RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

stop block

A structure fixed at the termination of a


running line or siding to arrest slow-moving
vehicles. Also see 'buffer stop'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

stop board

A safeworking notice board inscribed stop, at


which all trains must stop and must not pass
until authorised.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

stop indicator

An indicator showing the word stop, where


the driver must stop the train.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

stop light

Light indicating a brake application.

AS7531

stop signal

Any signal capable of showing a danger aspect. UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

stopping place

A place at which there is no apparatus provided CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
to control the movement of trains, and is a
Railway Terminology'.
stopping place for the setting down or picking
up of passengers.

stored control

Pre-setting control acting on several units, the


movements of which are carried out
successively.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

straddle crane

See gantry crane.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

straight-aheadroute

The non-diverging (and usually the fastest)


route from a junction signal.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

stress free temperature

Actual temperature at which there are no


temperature induced stresses in the rail.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

stretcher

A bar connecting the two switch rails in a point


end, keeping them in the correct position
relative to each other. Also see 'lock stretcher'.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

structure bond

A bond connecting the steelwork of an


overhead line structure, bridge, or other metal
structure to the traction earth. This bond is
provided to prevent the rise of hazardous
voltages on structures and steelwork.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

structure

A register of all structures that have been built

COP DIRN Volume 2

clearance

inside the structure outline standard for the line

'Glossary' and CMC

register

section and therefore require to be part of a


formal

'Glossary for NCOP

115

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

inspection and assessment process. The


register

and Dictionary of

should detail the structure location and type, Railway Terminology'.


and

structure defects

the clearance standards required at the


location.
Defects in civil or electrical infrastructure items CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
which have the potential to cause accidents
Railway Terminology'.
unless urgent corrective action is taken.

structure gauge

See structure outline.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

structure outline

The desired minimum outline for structures


along a route.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

subsidiary signal

An additional small semaphore or light signal


provided below a running signal for the
purpose of controlling shunting movements and
movements onto occupied tracks.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008 and UK Railway Group
Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

substation

A place (including substations, traction


RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
substations, transformer rooms, switchrooms,
March 2009.
sectioning huts, pole-mounted or pad-mounted
transformers) containing high-voltage electrical
equipment.

sub-surface railway
station

A railway station to which members of the


public have access and of which more than
50% of any one platform is within a tunnel or
under a building.

sum L/V axle

Sum of the absolute values of the individual


AS7509
wheel L/V of both wheels on the same axle at a
given instant in time.

superelevatio n

See cant.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

superior train order


station

An attended train order crossing station


protected by fixed signals.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

supplementar y detector

An additional device for detection of points in


association with supplementary drives.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

supplementar y drive

An additional drive connected to the switch


rails of a set of points at a position closer to the
crossing than the switch tips. Also see
backdrive.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

supply substation

A compound containing electrical switchgear,


transformers and equipment to which main
supplies from the supply authority are brought
and from which the feeder station is fed.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

suppression (AWS or
TPWS)

Inhibition of the operation of automatic


warning system (AWS) or train protection and
warning system (TPWS) track equipment for
movements to which it does not apply.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

surfaceconcrete
troughing (SCT)

A series of lidded troughs, usually laid in the


cess, comprising a cable route.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

surgeprotection

Equipment and systems for protecting electrical RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
operating systems from transient electrical
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
overload conditions due to external influences
such as lightning, power supply switching, fault
conditions.

swage lock fastening

A high tensile strength mechanical fastening


system employeing swaging of a collar onto

116

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

annular locking grooves of a fastening utilsing


a special hydraulic tool. The system is designed
to provide consistent and predictable installed
values of tension.
sway

The displacement of any point on the vehicle


body in a direction parallel to the plane of the
rails that arises as a result of a combination of
lateral displacement and roll displacement of
the vehicle suspension.

swept outline

The swept outline is a two-dimensional crossAS7507


section for the vehicle that consists of the
kinematic outline plus the inner and outer curve
throw produced by the vehicle on a 100m
radius curve.

swept path

The swept path is the generic name for the 3dimensional shape of the vehicle on any radius
curve made up from the kinematic outline plus
the inner and outer curve throws produced by
the vehicle on that curve.

AS7507

swing crossing

See switchable vee.

1st public consultation suggestion.

swing nose crossing

See switchable vee.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

swing test

A physical test whereby the underframe or


bogie is yawed to a particular position that
replicates the rolling stock negotiating a
nominated track geometry.

AS7509

swinging overlaps

The ability to maintain the overlap free of


locking where there are facing points and a
choice of overlap exists, thus enabling late
selection of the overlap while the train is
approaching. Usually associated with time of
operation locking and conditional locking
requirements.

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

switch

See point.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

switch blade

See 'point switch'.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

switch diamond

A type of diamond crossing with movable


UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
switches in place of fixed crossings (points).
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
Also known as moveable angles or moveable 2004.
elbows.

switch lever

A spring loaded lever connected by rods to the


toe of a switch to enable manual changing of
the switch position in yards or sidings.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

switch machine

See point machine.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

switch rail

The moving portion of rail on each side of a set UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
of points.
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
2004.

switchable vee

Vee designed to switch against the stock rail to


eliminate the flangeway gap between the
conventional fixed nose vee and the stock rail.
A V crossing with movable points to
facilitate a high turnout speed. Also known as
swing crossing or swing nose crossing.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' July 2006 version


revised by Worley Parsons and advised to ITPL by
email from RSSB 2nd Feb 09 and UK Railway
Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802 Glossary of
Signalling Terms, Issue One, April 2004.

switched K crossing

A K crossing with movable points.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

switches and crossings

The generic term used (sometimes points and


crossings) to represent all the ironwork

UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802


Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April

117

AS7507

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

associated with a set of points. It covers switch


yoes, switch rails, heels of switch rails, closure
rails, stock rails, crossings and check rails.

2004.

systemoperational notice A notice of information and instructions,


authorised and issued by the train operations
manager and distributed electronically or by
hard copy to relevant rail staff.
systemic safety
deficiency

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

A safety deficiency which is present throughout AS 4292.7-2006


all or a substantial part of the railway
organisation and is not simply a localised
problem.

T
table of signal routes

A comprehensive list of signal routes. They can UK Railway Group Guidance Note GK/GN0802
either be shown on, or accompany signalling /
Glossary of Signalling Terms, Issue One, April
scheme plans.
2004.

TACE

Abbreviated term for 'Transport Agencies


Chief Executives'.

ARA
websitewww.ara.net.au/RRAcronyms&Definitions

tail flashing level


crossing

The term used to describe the effect on single


lines of a level crossing warning system
continuing to operate as the tail of the train
departs, as if it were an opposite direction
approaching train. It may occur in some
systems with a light engine or other short, fast,
self-propelled vehicle.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

tail light

Red light marking the end of a train.

AS7531

takeoff

Staging (usually a number of sleepers) beside


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
the track for the purpose of removing and
Railway Terminology'.
stabling track mounted maintenance vehicles or
equipment clear of train movements.

tamping

The process by which ballast is packed around


the sleepers of a track to ensure the correct
alignment for the location, speed and curvature
of the line.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' and 1st public consultation
suggestion.

tang (crossing)

The cast extension at the V end of a rail bound


manganese crossing to which the heel rails are
fastened.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tangent point (TP)

The intersecting point of track centreline


tangents between curves, transitions and
straight track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tangent track

Straight track with no applied cant.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tangential point switch

A design of points where the stockrail forms a


tangent to the curve through the point switch.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

tangentialturnout

Turnout where one route is straight track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tank wagon

A wagon comprising a horizontal, basically


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
cylindrical container for the transport in bulk of Railway Terminology'.
liquids, compressed gases, granular or
pelletised solids, etc.

taper base (sleeper


plate)

A sloped base rail seat. The taper of open


(railway) track sleeper plates is 1 in 20 to
provide a rail inclination into the gauge of the
track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tappet

A device, usually a notched metal bar, which


actuates the mechanical locking of a
mechanical interlocking machine by the
movement of the lever.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

tare mass

The mass of the rolling stock in the lightest


condition under which it will be operated. This

AS7509.1

118

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

includes provisioning with sand and water but


fuelled to no more than one-third of capacity.
tautliner

Brand name often used to refer to a curtain


sided wagon. A box wagon in which the side
walls consist entirely or predominantly of
weather-proof flexible panels.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

technically competent
authority

A company or person having proven


competence in the particular technology or
process in which they are providing technical
expertise.

AS7517

telemetry system

Equipment for multiplexing control and/or


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
indication inputs for transmission over a
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
telecommunications bearer or radio link. The
messages for transmission are encoded and
decoded by the telemetry equipment at the ends
of the transmission line. Multiplexing may be
Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) or
Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM). Used
for remote control from a central office
location to one or more field stations.

telephone block working A method of block working which is


maintained by telephone. A signaller must not
allow a train to enter the block section until the
previous train has been reported by telephone
as having arrived complete at the next block
location.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

telephone train control


system

A telephone system which connects the Train


Control Centre to all other operational
locations in that control area, so that the train
controller can efficiently direct the movement
of trains.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

temporary accreditation

The Administrating Authority may grant


interim accreditation to an applicant to permit
activities such as; (a) site preparation; (b)
restoration or repair work; (c) testing of
railway track or other infrastructure; Or for
other purposes considered appropriate by the
administrating authority.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

temporary rail joint

Non-welded rail joints intended for temporary


joining of rails only, and generally requiring
special measures to be implemented with their
use. These measures permit the short-term
passage of trains and may include special
inspections or speed restrictions.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

temporary traction bond An insulated cable fitted with rail clamps at


eachend used to temporarily bridge gaps in the
traction rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tense (rail)

See destress.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

terminal line

A dead end line.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

TGSI

Abbreviated term for tactile ground surface


indicator as defined in the DSFAPT Part 18.

AS7522.3

thermit (weld)

A trade name for an aluminothermic weld.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

third rail crossingwork

Crossingwork arranged to permit broad and


standard gauge traffic to turn out or transfer on
one common rail. The units include fixed
points and transfers and require no points
operation equipment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

third rail track

Trackwork comprising three rail arranged to

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of

119

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

permit both broad and standard gauge traffic.


One rail is common to both gauges.

Railway Terminology'.

third rail transfer

Third rail crossingwork, without moving parts,


which transfers the common rail from one side
of the track to the other side.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

third rail turnout

A crossingwork assembly arranged to permit


both broad and standard gauge traffic on the
straight or through but only one gauge to
turnout.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

three aspect block

See 3 aspect block.

three position signalling

See 3 position signalling.

three throw (points)

Two turnouts arranged within a length of less


than the sum of the separate turnout lead
lengths. Also known as nested turnouts.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology' and 1st public consultation
suggestion.

throat (crossing)

The position ahead of the nose(s) of a crossing


between the inside edges of the wing rails at
the knee or knuckle.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

throughfunction test

This is a circuit function test of a circuit or


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
series of related circuits running between
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
locations, e.g. signal boxes, relay rooms, etc, to
ensure the fuses, links and control devices
effectively control the final function. It
includes through function testing from a
signallers control on the operator interface to
the operation of the trackside signalling
equipment, and to its change-of-state indication
back to the signallers indicator diagram.

through route locking

Route locking, the action of which extends to


all the points in a route and to the points
leading to that route from the moment a train
enters this route until it has completey left it.

tie

Alternative term for sleeper.

tie bar

A rod used between rails of tracks to maintain


gauge where other means are not appropriate.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tie plate

A long rail base plate, which ties the track


gauge between each half set of points. It
provides for attachment of the stock rail and a
slide surface for the point switch. It is
manufactured from pressed steel and is
fastened to the timber.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

timber

A wooden bearer which is used to support


crossingwork assemblies.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

time distance curves

Time distance curves are employed in the


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
planning of signal positions. The time is plotted Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
vertically against a horizontal distance scale,
and the curves indicate the position of a train at
any particular time for the section of the line
under consideration.

time limit relay

A relay which will not close its front contacts


or open its back contacts, or both, until the
expiration of a definite time interval after the
relay has been energised.

time release

A device used to prevent the operation of an


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
operative unit until after the expiration of a
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
predetermined time interval after the device has
been actuated.

toe

The machine end of a switch at which the


turning out movement commences.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

toe throw

The horizontal distance or travel at the toe of a


switch from the home or closed position to the

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

120

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

fully open position.


TOFC

Abbreviation for trailer on flat car


(piggyback), a flat wagon specially equipped
with bridge plates, wheel guides, support and
lashing equipment for the transport of road
trailers with or without prime movers.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

token

A metal staff or a staff ticket used as the


authority for rail traffic to occupy a section.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

tonnage signal

Signals at which trains over a prescribed load


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
must be brought to a stand unless the signal is
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
showing thefull clear indication. The purpose is
to prevent trains being brought to a stand on a
heavy rising grade.

top

Vertical alignment of the rails. Top is generally COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
measured using the offset at a defined point
'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
along a chord of defined length. For lateral
Terminology'.
alignment see line.

tourist and heritage


railway

A railway preserved for its historical value that


is not connected to another railway network, or
operates independently from any other network
that it is connected to.

TPWS

Abbreviation for 'train protection and warning AS7511


system'. It combines the elements of AWS with
some train protection elements. This system
will stop a train that passes a signal at danger
within the overlap area beyond the signal.

track

The combination of rails, rail connectors,


sleepers, ballast, points, and crossings, and
substitute devices where used.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

track block system

A system of safeworking used on single or


double lines in track-circuited areas.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

track buckle

A substantial misalignment contributed to by


longitudinal thermal stresses overcoming the
lateral or vertical resistance of the track.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

track centres

The distance between the centrelines of parallel CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
tracks.
Railway Terminology'.

track circuit

An electric circuit that uses the rails of a


AS7505
railway as conductors such that a train
electrically connects them via its axles. The
absence or presence of this rail-to -rail
connection indicates the absence or presence of
a train or item of rolling stock.

track circuit drop shunt

The maximum resistance in ohms which will


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
cause the track relay contacts to drop away
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
when this resistance is placed between the rails
of the track circuit at the most adverse shunting
location.

track circuit shorting


clip

A cable which can be clamped to a lines rails


to activate track circuits.

track closure

A procedure to protect against the movement of RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
trains which are part of the normal operating
March 2009.
service, through a section of track/s, but allow
for the passage, for example, of trains and ontrack vehicles under special conditions such as
published in train notice.

track control system

A system of safeworking used on single or


double lines in track-circuited areas (or on
single lines provided with axle counting
equipment).

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

track controlled signal

Signals, partially or wholly controlled by track


circuits, which return to their most restrictive

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

121

RISSB.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

position after a train passes.


track defects

Defects in the track which have the potential to


cause derailment unless a speed restriction is
imposed, as follows: (a) track defects
involving horizontal alignment; (b) track
defects involving vertical alignment; (c)
broken rail; (d) other track defects.

AS 4292.1, CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and


Dictionary of Railway Terminology'.

track gauge

The distance between the gauge points of the


rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

track geometry

The horizontal and vertical alignment, crosslevel and cant of the track.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

track indicator

An indicator, in a signal box, which shows the


signaller whether or not the portion of trackcircuited line represented by that indicator is
occupied by a train. At some interlockings,
where only certain portions of lines are trackcircuited, individual track indicators are
provided. At fully track-circuited interlockings
the indicators are grouped together to form a
track indicator diagram.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

track indicator diagram

A diagram that shows if tracks are occupied,


and other relevant information.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

track junction

A crossingwork assembly which provides for


diverging and crossing of tracks.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

track locking

Locking of signals or points applied and


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
maintained by the presence of trains on
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
particular sections of track, as detected by track
circuits.

track machine

A flange wheeled vehicle used for


infrastructure maintenance, construction and
inspections. Separate to freight rolling stock
(e.g. wagons used for carrying rail, sleepers,
spoil, ballast etc) and road-rail vehicles.

AS75xx series

track magnet

Permanent or electro-magnet which under


certain conditions operates by indiction an
apparatus on a vehicle passing by.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

track manager

The person or body responsible by reason of


ownership, control or management, for the
construction and maintenance of track, civil
and electric traction infrastructure, or the
construction, operation or maintenance of train
control and communication systems, or a
combination of these; or a person or body
acting on its behalf.

AS75xx series

trackoccupancy
authority (TOA)

A formal authority for competent workers and


their equipment to occupy a defined portion of
track for a specified period. In specified
circumstances ATW protection is not required.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

track profile

The outline of the track in cross section in its


completed condition on the formation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

track relay

A relay receiving all or part of its operating


energy from a circuit of which the rails are the
essential part, and responding to the presence
of vehicles on the track.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

track safety awareness

Training in the risks present and safety


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
measures necessary when a person is on or near Railway Terminology'.
track.

track section

The section of railway track between two


locations specified for operating purposes. In
different track networks this track element may

122

AS 4292.5-2006

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

be referred to as either a section or a block.


track speed

The allowed maximum train speed for a portion RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
of track.
March 2009.

track stick

A circuit provided to prove that a signal has


returned to stop, and its signal control relays
have de-energised, after the passage of a train.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

tracksupervisor

A qualified employee responsible for


inspections, operations or instructions
associated with the maintenance or
construction of permanent way or works for a
prescribed portion of the railway.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

track vehicle

A vehicle, usually self-propelled, used mainly


for inspecting and maintaining infrastructure.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

track work

Construction, maintenance or repair work on


infrastructure or around a track that potentially
restricts train movements.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

track work authority


(TWA)

A formal authority for non-exclusive


occupancy of the track by workers within
specified limits.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

track, ballasted

Track in which the sleepers are supported and


contained by ballast.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

track,concreted

Track in which the rails are supported and


contained by concrete.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tracksidemonitoring
equipment

Devices that monitor and respond to track,


trackside and rail vehicle conditions.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trackwork

Track, including crossingwork assemblies, with CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
sleepers, timbers and fasteners, laid, lined or
Railway Terminology'.
surfaced and connected with the track.

trackwork assembly

See crossingwork assembly.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

traction bond

A bond connecting together the various items


of equipment in the traction current retrun
circuit path. It shall be assumed that this bond
will be carrying traction current at all times.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

traction current return

The electric current returning from the 1500V


overhead power supply through the rails to
substations.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

traction earth

The earth for the traction distribution system


which primarily consists of the traction return
rails, earth wires and overhead structures.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

traction earth wire

An aerial conductor used to connect a number


of overhead line structures together in order to
ensure that the traction earthing system
continuity os apprpriately maintained
throughout the electrified area.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

traction return rail

The rail which carries the traction return


current and is generally marked at intervals
with blue paint on the rail web and has traction
bonds connected to it. It is generally, but not
always, the rail nearest ot the mast.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

tractive effort

The power that a locomotive is able to deliver


to the rail through its wheels notwithstanding
the ability of the wheels to grip the rail.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trailable points

Points designed to permit a trailing movement


through points closed against the intended
move. The wheelset opens the points which
spring back to the normal position after the
wheelset is through.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trailer car (or


trailer vehicle)

A non-powered passenger vehicle, with or


without a drivers compartment and control

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway

123

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

facilities.

Terminology'.

trailer on flat car


(TOFC)

A flat wagon specially equipped with bridge


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
plates, wheel guides, support and lashing
Railway Terminology'.
equipment for the transport of road trailers with
or without prime movers.

trailingmovement

A wheelset movement through a set of points


from the heel end to the toe end.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trailing points

Those switches over which trains or vehicles


from two lines converge onto one line and the
points of the switch blades are facing away
from approaching rail traffic.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

train

A single unit of rollingstock or two or more


units coupled together, at least one of which is
a locomotive or other self propelled unit.

AS 4292.1-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'


and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology', AS7501.

train (identification )
number

A train or run number used to provide unique


identification of a train.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

train acceptance

The overall process of gaining permission from AS7501


a track manager to operate trains comprising
particular rolling stock over specific parts of
the network.

train announcemen t

Operation by which a section box advises the


forward box that a train has just entered or is
going to enter the section between the two
boxes.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

train authority

An instruction in the prescribed format issued


by the train controller in connection with the
movement of a train.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

train control

Worker or workers in charge of the process for


the management and control of traffic
movements and occupancy authorities.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'

train control diagram


(train control graph)

A diagram showing operational information for CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
a train control area.
Railway Terminology'.

train control directions

Any instructions issued by train controllers


relating to the management, maintenance
movement and safe operation of all traffic
within train control territory.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

train control system


(TCS)

One or more microprocessor based operator


interface stations with the processing capacity
to handle route setting, automatic route setting,
train tracking, train describing, train reporting,
event logging and all similar functionality.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

train controller

The employee responsible for the management


and control of traffic movements and
occupancy authorities.

AS 4292.5-2006

train crew

Worker or workers in charge of the operation


of trains.

AS 4292.5-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'


and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

train describer

Signalling equipment provided to identify


trains individually on a signallers track
indicator diagram, console unit, video display
unit or video projection screen.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

train describer fringe


box

A signal box controlling a location that is an


entry point for a train describer system. The
fringe box contains train describer equipment
and train identification details can be entered
manually for the next train(s) to depart the
particular controlled location.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

train detection system

A system that detects the presence of a train or


any other on track vehicle intended to be
detected on a section of track. Systems include

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

124

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

track circuits, axle counters, treadles and global


positioning systems.
train graph

A plot of actual and projected train movements


on a graph with axis of location versus time.
Used by train controllers to predict crossing
locations for opposing trains on single line
sections and to manage the train movements
accordingly. It serves also as a record of actual
crossing locations and times.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

train notice

Operational information issued by or on behalf


of the infrastructure owner.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

train number

Unique four-character codes identifying trains. CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Interstate train numbers are made up as
Railway Terminology'.
follows: - The first character is a number
representing a day of the week. This is numeric
starting from Sunday, so that 1 is Sunday, 2 is
Monday, and so on. The second and third
characters represent the departing and
destination terminals respectively. These are
alphabetic, with M representing Melbourne, S
for Sydney, A for Adelaide, and so on. The
last character is a number defined by individual
terminals and companies to represent any extra
information about services they want to
indicate. This most commonly distinguishes
between two or more services running between
the same two terminals on one day. Example: a
service identified by 3BM2 would be a
Tuesday service running from Brisbane to
Melbourne, with the last number identifying
something special about the service.

train operated route


release

See 'automatic route normalisation'.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

train order

An instruction, on the prescribed form, issued


by the train controller, in train order territory to
direct the movement of rail traffic.

Pacific National Corporate Directory 02/02/04.

train order crossing


station

A train order station within or at the start of or


end of train order territory at which trains may
cross pass or run round.

WAGR Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.


01/07/2001.

train order location

A location in train order territory that may be


used as the limit of a proceed authority or as a
reporting location.

RIC Rule Book Ver. 1.0.

train order non crossing


station

A train order station in train order territory at


which trains may not cross, pass or run round.

WAGR Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.


01/07/2001.

train order section

That portion of main line between two


adjoining train order crossing or non-crossing
stations.

WAGR Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.


01/07/2001.

train order station

A station where train orders may be received


and which may or may not be in train order
territory.

WAGR Network Rules Doc. 9100-000-005 Ver.


01/07/2001 and QR Train Order Manual.

train order territory

That portion of main or branch line specified as QR Train Order Manual.


being the territory in which the train order
system of safeworking is used.

train order working

A system of safeworking on single lines where RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
train movements are governed by train orders
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
issued by a train controller, who ensures that no
conflicting train orders are on issue.

train path

The track over which a train may be authorised


to travel, consisting of a distinct entry, exit and
journey time. It consists of routes linked

125

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

consecutively.
train protection system

A system which is able to enforce the authority


of the signalling system onto the vehicle.

AS7511

train radio

A radio system use to aid train operations and


to provide communications between train
crews, train controllers, and track maintenance
staff.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

train register book

A book used in signal boxes, staff huts or at


block posts to record information about the
condition of the line or the movement of rail
traffic.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

train roster

Assigns the rollingstock to cover the timetable.


Each entry in this working is referred to as a
run.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

train running
information (TRI)

Information issued by the train controller to


relevant workers to make them aware of the
running times of trains.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

train safety recording

A recording consisting of (or mainly of) sounds CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
or images or data, or any combination of
Railway Terminology'.
sounds, images or data, produced by a device
installed in a train, a signal box, a train control
complex or other railway premises for the
purpose of recording operational activities
carried out by railway employees operating a
train and other persons.

train shunt

Value of the electrical resistance of the shunt


connection created between the two rails of a
track circuit by the axles of a train.

International Electrotechnical Vocabulary


Signalling and security apparatus for railways,
IEC, AS 1852 1970.

train stop system

A system (also known as trip gear) involving a


trip cock on the vehicle and a trip arm located
track side which, when engaged, directly
initiates an emergency brake application. The
train stop is employed at signals in conjunction
with a red aspect and also in areas where train
speed is required to be externally controlled.

AS7511

tram

A vehicle which runs on rails on a highway,


road or easement specifically designated for
use by a tram or light rail vehicle. Alternative
name for a light rail vehicle.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trammelling

Measurement of the bogie frame, e.g. centre


line to centre line, check for squareness.

AS7519

TransAdelaid e network

Adelaide metropolitan broad gauge network

AS75xx series

transformer

Static apparatus for supplying an alternating


current at one voltage when fed with
alternating current at a different voltage.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

transition (track)

Track of variable radius, usually applied


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
between tangent track and curved track or track Railway Terminology'.
comprising curves of different radii.

transmission based
signalling(communication based signalling)

A closed loop system which uses digital radio


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
to provide vital data transmission between on- Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
board train systems and signalling control
systems. The concept of a transmission based
signalling is one in which each train in an area
of control continuously informs a central
signalling system details of its position, speed
and acceleration, and the central signalling
system continuously transmits to the train a
limit of authority and details about the trains
required speed profile. In this concept, by using
train-to-control centre radio systems, the track
side equipment may become limited to point

126

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

operating mechanisms and passive track


mounted transponders used to give reference
points for on- board tachometers so that effects
such as slip, slide and wheel wear can be
accommodated.
transom

Transverse members of track-supporting


structures generally made from timber, to
which the running and guard rails are fastened.
These members are designed specifically as
structural members of the track-supporting
structure and should not be treated as sleepers.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

transponder

A unit usually mounted in the track and used to


transmit information between track and train at
short range radio frequencies. An antenna on
the train passes over the transponder and one
interrogates the other. The transponder may be
passive and powered by carrier energy
transmitted from the train, or be active,
transmitting continuously or only when
interrogated by a train. The transponder may
hold fixed information and/or receive updated
information through connection to the
signalling system. Also see beacon and
balise.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

trap points

Catch-points or other facing points on a line


which provide protection for another line by
diverting train and vehicle movements on the
line away from the protected line.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

travel mode

When infrastructure maintenance rolling stock


have their infrastructure maintenance
equipment stowed and are able to travel
between work sites.

AS7512.4

tread line

The circumference of the wheel around the


wheel tread measured 70 mm from the back
face of the wheel (i.e. circumference at the
nominal wheel/rail contact point), also known
as the taping line.

AS7517

treadle

A device mounted next to a rail by which the


deflection of the rail (due to the passage of an
engine or vehicle) or the impact of the train
wheels, or other means, operates a contact to
open or close an electric circuit to detect the
passage of train wheels.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

treadplate

The slip resistant platform adjacent to the door


sill on rolling stock used by workers for
boarding and alighting.

AS7522

TRI

Abbreviation for 'train running information'.


Information about rail traffic movement and
frequency provided for a particular location.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

triangle

A track formation in the shape of a triangle


RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3
which allows a locomotive do a three point turn March 2009.
so that it faces in the opposite direction. An
alternative to a turntable.

trip

A service in a working timetable.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trip cock

The trip valve and lever mechanism fitted on


train stop systems.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

trip valve

A pneumatic value mounted near the left-hand


leading axle of multiple unit electric trains. If a
train passes a trainstop when the trainstop arm
is in the raised position, the trip valve arm will
be moved backwards by the raised trainstop

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

127

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

arm. The trains brakes will then be


automatically applied.
troughing

Steel or concerte casing located alongside the


track to carry electrical cables for signalling
and communications.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

turning wye

A track formation in the shape of a triangle


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
which allows a locomotive do a three point turn Railway Terminology'.
so that it faces in the opposite direction.
Normally called a triangle in Australia. An
alternative to a turntable and commonly
referred to as twisting the locomotive.

turnout

A combination of a set of points, V crossing


and guard rails which permits traffic to turnout
from one track to another.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

turnout, ladder

An arrangement of turnouts leading from one


turnout and providing two or more parallel
tracks on the one side of the parent track.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

turnout, nested

See three throw (points).

1st public consultation suggestion

turnout, repeater

A indicator displaying a white band of light on


a black background, on the first warning signal
in rear of a signal at a junction with a turnout
speed significantly less than line speed. When
that signal is cleared for the diverging route,
the turnout repeater displays a white band of
light inclined towards the direction the route
ahead is set. Generally used to provide drivers
of trains with advance information that a route
through a low- speed turnout is ahead.

Rail Signalling TAC General Glossary of


Signalling Terms, Version 1.0, Oct.2009.

turntable

A deck, usually over a circular pit, onto which


a locomotive is driven and which pivots about
its centre to turn a locomotive or allow it to run
off onto other radiating tracks for storage.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

twenty foot equivalent


unit

The unit of measure used to refer to the freight


carrying space on a wagon required to carry a
standard 6.1 metre (20 foot) container. Wagon
sizes and train capacities are typically referred
to in slots or teus (twenty-foot equivalent
units).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

twist

The variation in the cross-level between two


track locations separated by a nominated
distance interval.

AS 4292.2-2006

two position / two aspect


signalling

Signalling using stop signals that only show


two indications, stop and ;clear, preceded by
distant signals showing only caution or
clear. See also 2 aspect block and 2
position signalling.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

type test

A test conducted on one vehicle that will be


AS7509
assumed to be typical of all vehicles
constructed to the same specifications. Also see
routine test.

U
UIC

Abbreviation for International Union of


Railways.

AS7514

unattended interlocking

The term used to describe an interlocking


which is not being controlled by a signaller. At
some unattended interlockings the signals and
points are worked by the train crew.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

unattended location

A signalling location or block location that is


not a remote controlled location, and where a
signaller is not on duty.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

128

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

unattended station

A station at which an employee is not on duty


for the working of trains.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

undercutting

The process of removing from the track, all


ballast above the formation.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

unidirectional

Allowing for normal travel in one direction


according to the infrastructure and system of
safeworking in use.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

unidirectional signalling

Signalling provided to allow the movement of


trains in one direction only over a line.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

unit

A unit refers to a container, trailer, or a


container mounted onto a trailer.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

unit lever operation

A method of signalling control with a separate RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
lever for each set of points, each release switch Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
and each signal. In setting up a signal route, the
signaller is required to operate the levers for
required points and/or releases individually
before operating the lever for the particular
signal. This contrasts with route control
systems, entrance/exit or one control switch.

unitising

To combine separate elements of a load into


one unit.

unsprung mass

The mass of a wheel, or wheelset, and other


AS7508
associated components which are not
dynamically isolated from the track by vehicle
suspension arrangements. This includes
components due to the rotational inertia of any
traction drive and motor casing unless
effectively isolated by means of resilient
couplings and frame suspended traction motors.

up line

In a double line area, the lines are generally


referred to as the up line and down line.
Usually, the up line is used by trains travelling
towards the State Capital. However, local
notices should be referenced to check this at
any location.

utility

A powerline, pipeline, conveyor,


telecommunications line or similar item, or a
duct carrying any of these, together with
associated equipment and systems.

www.dictionary.com

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

V
V crossing

See crossing.

V end (crossing)

The end of a crossing which resembles a V. On


a fabricated crossing it is the open end of the
nose and scarf rails.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

V nose (points)

Points design where the toe of the switch is


machined like an inverted letter V. The
design permits the switch toe to fit into
machining of the head of the stock rail

AS75xx series

V/Line network

Victorian regional broad gauge network.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

validation

Confirmation that the particular requirements


for a

AS 4292.2-2006, AS

specific intended use are fulfilled.

4292.3-2006, AS
4292.4-2006, AS
4292.5-2006, COP
DIRN Volume 2
'Glossary' and CMC
'Glossary for NCOP

129

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE
and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

vehicle

Used to denote rail vehicles where reference to


a specific type or class is not required or not
intended.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

verification

Testing and evaluation of an item of equipment


or a system to assure compliance with its
specification or other requirements.

AS 4292.3-2006, COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary'


and CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
Railway Terminology'.

vertical alignment

See alignment.

Victorian broad gauge


network

Victorian regional and Melbourne metropolitan RISSB Roll standards (various)


broad gauge networks.

Victorian network

Victorian regional and Melbourne metropolitan AS75xx series


broad gauge networks.

Victorian standard
gauge network

Victorian regional non-interstate standard


gauge network.

vigilance system

A system that will react by directly initiating an AS7511


emergency brake application if an
acknowledgment input is not received within a
specified time increment.

visibility lights

Lights, fitted below the headlights, to improve


rolling stock's ability to be seen and to assist
the crew in viewing of the immediate area in
front of the vehicle. Also known as ditch lights
or crossing lights.

visual display unit


(VDU)

Terminal device with a screen (originally a


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
cathode ray tube, now a plasma or LCD screen) Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
on which text and graphics can be displayed.
Used as an I/O (input/output) device in
conjunction with a keyboard or a mouse for
interactive computing.

vital

Signalling equipment and circuits are


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
considered vital where failure to function
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
correctly could cause an unsafe outcome either
directly or together with another signalling
equipment or circuit failure. Vital signalling
equipment is equipment whose safe operation
is fundamental to the safe operation of the
signalling system. Equipment for use in this
mode should have been designed to ensure that
it will not fail in an unsafe manner. This may
well involve designing it in such a way that
should it fail it will fail in a predetermined state
which does not lead to an unsafe situation.
Such equipment is termed fail-safe. Also see
safety related.

vital blocking

Blocking which is incorporated in the


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
interlocking apparatus and uses vital equipment Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
to prevent the operation of particular signalling
apparatus. Operator controls to apply blocking
are independent of controls to remove the
blocking.

RISSB Roll standards (various)

AS7531

W
wagon

Used when describing or referring to rail


vehicles of a specific type or group, e.g. freight
wagons, service wagons, box wagons, tank
wagons, flat wagons.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

wagon booking

A wagon booking is an order to move wagons


on a service leg transit leg.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

wagon order

An instruction to perform a movement on a


wagon, documented in the form of a shunt

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

130

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

instruction or a train consist report.


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

warm standby

Form of redundancy in which the secondary


equipment is continuously operating, but is not
enabled to generate outputs except in the event
of a failure of the primary equipment. Results
in a short period of loss of function until the
system completes transfer to the secondary
unit.

warning board

A temporary speed board with the word


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
WARNING and a speed plate attached to warn Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
drivers of the speed at which trains are to travel
over the next portion of the line which may be
unsafe at normal speed.

warning light

A light provided for warning employees of


approaching trains. The warning light is
illuminated when there is no train approaching.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

wayleave

Any crossing, either overhead or underground


by an electric cable, conductor or other service
main being the property of a supply authority,
private company or individual, is commonly
referred to as a wayleave.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

web

That part of the rail between the head and the


flange.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

weekly notice

A publication to advertise changes to, and


details of, safeworking arrangements.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

weekly speed notice

An information sheet listing temporary speed


restrictions for specific locations.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

well wagon (or well car)

A flat wagon having the height above rail of


COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
the underframe/deck structure reduced between 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
the bogies to provide additional vertical load
Terminology'.
space.

WestNet Rail network

Western Australia regional narrow and


standard gauge network.

AS75xx series

wheel burn

A scar on the running surface of the rail caused


by intense friction heating from driving wheel
slippage. The flowed metal may chip out and
thermal cracks may develop into a transverse
defect.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

wheel clearance

For a wheelset positioned on the centreline of


the track, the wheel clearance is the lateral
distance between one fully worn wheel flange
and the adjacent new rail.

AS7507

wheel detector

A magnetic treadle which senses the presence


or passage of a train wheel.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

wheel scale

A build up of metallic material on a wheel


treads surface.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

wheel transfer area

The area on a crossing or points at which the


wheel tread transfers gradually from one rail to
another.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

wheel web

The section between the wheel hub and the


wheel rim.

RISSB Rollingstock Standards Glossary 25 July


07

wheelset

An assembly consisting of axle, wheels,


bearings, and where applicable associated
components such as brake discs, traction gears,
traction motor support bearings, gearbox, etc.

AS7514 AS7517

wheelset electrical
resistance

It is the resistance between the rail contact


surfaces between wheels on the same axle. The
electrical resistance is measured from the rail
contact surface of one wheel to the rail contact
surface of the other wheel via the axle of that

AS7505

131

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

wheelset.
whistle

A device such as a bell, whistle, siren, horn or


hooter, fitted to a train or track vehicle to give
audible warning.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

wing end (crossing)

That end of the crossing formed by the wing


rails. It is the opposite to the V end.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

wing rail

The rails of a crossing (on the end closest to the COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC
switch in a turnout) that are flared to allow the 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
passage of the wheel to transfer to or from the
Terminology'.
crossing nose. Named for their resemblance to
a wing in shape.

wire count

This is a count of the number of conductors


RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling
terminated on each wire termination point and Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.
at every wire termination point. The count is
certified against the circuit wiring diagrams and
cross checked against the analysis sheets.

WOLO

Speed restrictions applied during hot weather.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

work closure

A section of railway track closed off to normal


traffic and undergoing maintenance,
construction or inspection.

AS7516 AS7531

work hardening process

A mechanical means of increasing the hardness CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
of susceptible steels. The most common
Railway Terminology'.
processes employ explosives or peening
particularly of manganese casting.

work instruction

Documents which describe how a process is


performed.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

work lighting

Lights fitted to allow effective and safe


operation when in working mode (as opposed
to when travelling). Typically fitted to
infrastructure maintenance rolling stock.

AS7531

work mode

When infrastructure maintenance rolling stock AS7512.4


have their infrastructure maintenance
equipment deployed or operational and are able
to travel at their working speed.

work on track authority

An authority to perform work on track. See


local possession authority (LPA), track
occupancy authority (TOA) or track work
authority (TWA).

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

work out of service

To work to a suitable yard, service depot,


siding or location where rolling stock can leave
the running line for repair or replacement of
vehicle equipment.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

work site safety


supervisor

The worker responsible for safety and


AS 4292.5-2006
protection of personnel at a track worksite and
ensuring that the site is safe for the operation of
trains. (Also see 'worksite supervisor' and
'protection officer'.)

work train

An accident, ballast or breakdown train


including a train delivering or collecting
materials or engaged in connection with
accidents, derailments, washaways or the like.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

worker

See rail safety worker.

AS 4292.1-2006

working roster

The working roster contains all the work


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
allocated to a depot in the master roster. It
Railway Terminology'.
allocates drivers to work lines and adjusts the
work to accommodate additional trains,
canceled trains, training, planned leave and/or
any other issues which are known at the time of
posting the working roster. The working roster
is issued weekly. This roster is used to

132

TERM

DEFINITION

SOURCE

determine overtime payments.


workingtimetable

Contains all train movements. Each service in


the working timetable is generally referred to
as a train or trip.

CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of


Railway Terminology'.

worksite protection

The process for ensuring the safety of


personnel at a track worksite and ensuring that
the site is safe for trains.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

worksitesupervisor

The worker responsible for the safety of


personnel at a track worksite and ensuring that
the site is safe for the operation of trains. Also
see 'work site safety supervisor' and 'protection
officer'.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

wrong road signal

Signals used for movements in the wrong


running direction on a running line.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

wrong runningdirection

The direction opposite to the normal direction


of travel on unidirectional lines.

RISSB ANRP Glossary Stage 1 Version 1.0 3


March 2009.

wrong side system


failure

A failure in a system which causes a potentially CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
dangerous situation to exist.
Railway Terminology'.

X
XL lock

A special safeworking padlock with a limited


number of keys held by authorised operations
staff.

RailCorp ESG 007 - Glossary of Signalling


Terms, Ver. 1, 2008.

Y
yard

1. A system of track within defined limits.


CMC 'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of
(NSW) 2. A system of tracks not designated as Railway Terminology'.
part of the defined interstate rail network used
for loading or unloading trains or for other
purposes. (ARTC)

yard limits

A portion of the running lines identified by


yard limit signs marking the entrance to the
yard or movement within the yard.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

yards and terminals

A system of tracks not designated as part of the


defined interstate rail network used for loading
or unloading trains or for other purposes.

COP DIRN Volume 2 'Glossary' and CMC


'Glossary for NCOP and Dictionary of Railway
Terminology'.

133

Potrebbero piacerti anche